500 QA (1)

1 1. COVENTION 1.

LL 66

Int: convention on load line, 1966

2.

Tonnage 69

Int: convention on tonnage measurement of ships, 1969

3.

COLREG 72

Convention on Int: regulation for preventing collision at sea

4.

MARPOL 73/78

Int: convention for prevention of pollution from ships 1973 as modified by protocol 1978 relating there to

5.

SOLAS 74

Int: convention for safety of life at sea. 1974

6.

STCW 78

Int: convention for standard of training, certification and watchkeeping for seafarers

7.

SUA 88

Convention for the suppression of unlawful acts against the safety of maritime navigation 1988

8.

FAL 65

Convention on facilitation on international maritime traffic, 1965

9.

UNCLOS

United nation convention on the law of the sea

10.

CLC 69

Int: convention on civil liability for oil pollution damage 1969 (for ship)

11.

FUND 71

Int: convention on the establishment of an Int: fund for compensation for oil pollution damage 1971 (for oil)

12.

SALVAGE 89

13.

TOVALOP

Int: convention on salvage 1989 Tanker owner voluntary agreement concerning liability for oil pollution (for ship)

14.

CRISTAL

Contract regarding on interim supplement to tanker liability for oil pollution (for oil)

15.

CSC 72

16.

BWM

Int convention for safe container 1972 (container .

Conv)

Int convention for the control and management of ships BW and sediment 2004

17.

Anti Fouling

Int convention on the control of harmful anti fouling systems on ships 2001

18.

SAR

19.

MLC 2006

Int convention on Maritime search and rescue Maritime labour convention 2006

Extra  SFV – International Convention for the Safety of Fishing Vessels  Hong Kong International for the Safe And Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships 2009

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

2 2. SOLAS

Chapter

Chapter I

General provisions

Chapter II-1

Construction — Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical installations

Chapter II-2

Construction — Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction

Chapter III

Life-saving appliances and arrangements

Chapter IV

Radio communications

Chapter V

Safety of navigation

Chapter VI

Carriage of cargoes

Chapter VII

Carriage of dangerous goods

Chapter VIII

Nuclear ships

Chapter IX

Management for the safe operation of ships

Chapter X

Safety measures for high-speed craft

Chapter XI-1

Special measures to enhance maritime safety

Chapter XI- 2

Special measures to enhance maritime security

Chapter XII

Additional safety measures for bulk carriers

3. SOLAS 1.

FTP Code

Int code for application of fire test procedures (Chapter II-2)

2.

FSS Code

Int code for fire safety system (Chapter II-2)

3.

LSA Code

Int life saving appliance code (Chapter III)

4.

INTERCO

Int code of signal (Chapter V)

5.

IMSBC Code

6.

CSS Code

Code of safe practice for cargo stowage and securing (Chapter VI/VII)(CSM

7.

TDC Code

Code of safe practice for ships carrying timber deck cargoes (Chapter VI)

8.

BC Code

9.

Grain Code

Int code for the safe carriage of grain in bulk (Chapter VI)

10.

IMDG Code

Int maritime dangerous goods code (Chapter VII)

11.

IBC Code

Int maritime solid bulk cargo code (Chapter VI) )

Code of safe practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes Code (Chapter VI)

Int code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous chemical in bulk (Chapter VII)

12.

IGC Code

Int code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying liquefied gases in bulk (Chapter VII)

13.

INF Code

Int code for safe carriage of packages irradiated nuclear fuel plutonium and high level radioactive wastes onboard ship (Chapter VIII)

14.

ISM Code

Int management code for safe operation of ship and for pollution prevention (Chapter IX)

15.

HSC Code

Code of safety for high speed craft (Chapter X)

16.

ISPS Code

Int ship and port facility security code (Chapter XI-2)

17.

BLU Code

Code of practice for safe loading and unloading of bulk carrier (Chapter XII)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

3 4. SOLAS

SOLAS Certificates 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Passenger Ship Safety Certificate – Ch I Reg 12 Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate– Ch I Reg 12 Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate– Ch I Reg 12 Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate– Ch I Reg 12 Cargo Ship Safety Certificate– Ch I Reg 12 Exemption Certificate – Ch I Reg 12 Document of compliance with special requirement of ship carrying dangerous cargo (DOC)

Ch II-2 Reg 19

8. Minimum safe manning document - Ch 5 Reg14 9. Document of Compliance D.O.C (ISM) – Ch IX Reg 4 10. Safety Management Certificate S.M.C (ISM)– Ch IX Reg 4 11. International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC)– Ch XI – 2 12. Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR)– Ch XI-1 Reg 5 13. Document of authorization for the carriage of grain (D.O.A)– Ch VI Reg 9 14. Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (C.O.F)– Ch VII 15. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (I.C.O.F)– Ch VII

16. Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk– Ch VIIR 17. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk– Ch VII 18. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of INF cargo– Ch IX Reg 4 19. High Speed Craft Certificate– Ch X Reg 3 5. SOLAS SOLAS

MG PYAR GYI

Documents

1.

Intact stability booklet

2.

Damage control plans and booklets

3.

Cargo Securing Manual

4.

Dangerous good manifest or stowage plan

5.

Search and rescue co-operation plan

6.

List of operational limitations

7.

Decision support system for masters

8.

Enhanced survey report file

9.

Bulk carrier booklet

10.

Permit to operate high speed craft

11.

Diving system safety certificate

12.

Noise survey report

13.

INMSAR interco (Int Code of Signal)

14.

Record of Navigational Activities

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

4 6. Certificate

SOLAS

.

 INMSAR / INTERCO (Int Code of Signal) 7. SOLAS Chapter IX

Code

 International management code for safe operation of ship and for pollution prevention ISM Code (Chapter IX) 8. SOLAS

Cargo .

Timber .

(Timber . Bulk .

)

Code

 Code of safe practice for ships carrying timber deck cargoes TDC Code (Chapter VI) Bulk .

Code

 Code of safe practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes Code BC Code (Chapter VI)

Solid Bulk Cargoes

 International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code IMSBC Code

 International code for the safe carriage of grain in bulk (Chapter VI) Grain Code  International code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous chemical in bulk IBC Code (Chapter VII) (NEW)

Chemical In Bulk

 Code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous chemical bulk BCH Code (OLD)  International code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying liquefied gases in bulk IGC Code (Chapter VII) (NEW)  Code of construction and equipments of ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk

Liquefied gas in bulk

GC Code (OLD)  Code of practice for safe loading and unloading of bulk carrier BLU Code (Chapter XII) 9.

SOLAS Exemption 1) Ships of war and troopships. 2) Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage. 3) Ships not propelled by mechanical means. 4) Wooden ships of primitive build. 5) Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade. 6) Fishing vessels. (

/

MG PYAR GYI

/

/

/

.

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

5 10.

(Trading Certificate) 1. Certificate Of Registry (COR) 2. Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate (SCC) 3. Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (SEC)

Satutory Certificate

4. Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (SRC)

Government Regulation

5. Safety Management Certificate (SMC) 6. Document of Compliance (DOC)

Satutory Certificate

7. Safe Manning Document (SMD)

Class Societies

8. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC) 9. International Load Line Certificate (ILLC) 10. International Tonnage Certificate (1969) (ITC) 11. International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC) 11. MARPOL ANNEX (၆) MARPOL 73/78 - International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1. Annex I Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil 2. Annex II Regulations for the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk 3. Annex III Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Harmful Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form 4. Annex IV Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships 5. Annex V Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships 6. Annex VI - Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships

12. MARPOL Certificates

MARPOL Requirements

1. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate

Annex I, regulation 7

2. Certificate of insurance (OPIC) or other financial security in respect of civil

CLC 69, Article VII

liability for oil pollution damage 3. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk

Annex II, Regulation 9

4. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F)

BCH Code Section 1.6

5. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in

Ch VII, Regulation 10,

Bulk (I.C.O.F)

IBC Code Section 1.5

6. International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)

Annex IV, regulation 5

7. International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPPC)

Annex IV, regulation 6

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

6 13. MARPOL Documents

MARPOL Requirements

1. Oil Record Book

Annex I, regulation 17 & 36

2. Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan

Annex I, regulation 37

3. Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan for Noxious Liquid

Annex II, regulation 17

Substances (SMPEP) 4. Cargo record book (NLS)

Annex II, regulation 15

5. Procedures and Arrangements Manual (P & A Manual)

Annex II, regulation 14

6. Garbage Management Plan

Annex V regulation 9

7. Garbage Record Book

Annex V regulation 9

14. MARPOL ANNEX I Special Area Special area means a sea area where for recognized technical reasons in relation to its oceanographical and ecological condition and to the particular character of its traffic the adoption of special mandatory methods for the prevention of sea pollution by oil is required. ANNEX I Special Area For the purposes of this Annex, the special areas are defined as follows: 1. the Mediterranean Sea area

6. the Gulf of Aden area

2. the Baltic Sea area

7. the Antarctic area

3. the Black Sea area means

8. the North West European waters

4. the Red Sea area

9. the Oman area of the Arabian Sea

5. the Gulfs area

10. the Southern South African waters

15. Oil Record Book Regulation 17 - Oil Record Book, Part I - Machinery space operations  Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and every ship of 400 gross tonnage and above other than an oil tanker  The Oil Record Book Part I

-

appendix III (Annex I) specified Form  The Oil Record Book Part I 1. ballasting or cleaning of oil fuel tanks; 2. discharge of dirty ballast or cleaning water from oil fuel tanks; 3. collection and disposal of oil residues (oil residue (sludge)); 4. discharge overboard or disposal otherwise of bilge water which has accumulated in machinery 5. spaces; and 6. bunkering of fuel or bulk lubricating oil.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

7 

Discharge of oil or o

regulation 4 of this Annex

other exceptional

not excepted by that regulation

Oil Record Book Part I  Paragraph 2

the Oil Record

Book Part I , The entries the Oil Record Book Part I . International at least in English, French or Spanish .

. official language

 Oil filtering equipment failure Inspector

 board the ship

shall be kept on

Last period of three years

 T

the competent authority of the Government of a

Party

Oil Record Book Part I

this Annex

applies

Regulation 36 - Oil Record Book, Part II – Cargo/ballast operations  . Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above

Oil Record Book Part II (Cargo/Ballast

Operations) -

 appendix III

cargo/ballast operations



1. loading of oil cargo; 2. internal transfer of oil cargo during voyage; 3. unloading of oil cargo; 4. ballasting of cargo tanks and dedicated clean ballast tanks; 5. cleaning of cargo tanks including crude oil washing; 6. discharge of ballast except from segregated ballast tanks; 7. discharge of water from slop tanks; 8. closing of all applicable valves or similar devices after slop tank discharge operations; 9. closing of valves necessary for isolation of dedicated clean ballast tanks from cargo and stripping lines after slop tank discharge operations; and 10. disposal of residues. 

The total quantity of oil an Oil Record Book Part II

MG PYAR GYI

. returned to a storage tank .

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

8 regulation 4



not excepted by that reg

Oil Record

 Book Part I at least in English, Fre  the oil discharge monitoring and control system  The Oil Record B

 The ship is in its port or offsh Oil Record Book Entry page  the total quantity of oil and water used for was A

16. MARPOL ANNEX I

Regulation 29, 31, 32

Regulation 29 - Slop tanks  Regulation 3 in accordance wi

. Before 31 December 1979 delivered any cargo tank designated



adequate means shall be provided

 Regulation 34 

Administr



MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

9 Regulation 31 - Oil discharge monitoring and control system  Annex (I) regulation 3

oil discharge

monitoring and control system approved by the Administration  O.D.M.C.S

equipped

recording device

continuous record at least 3 years on . automati Defective oil discharge monitoring and

c detailed i

  Instructions to the operation of the system Regulation 32 - Oil/water interface detector  . Regulation 3

shall be provided

with effective oil/water interface detectors

Approved by

the 17. MARPOL ANNEX I

Oil Discharge Criteria

Regulation 15 - Control of discharge of oil (Machinery space of all ship) Discharges outside special areas Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from ships of 400 gross tonnage and above shall be prohibited except when all the following conditions are satisfied: 1. the ship is proceeding en route; 2. the oily mixture is processed through an oil filtering equipment 3. the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million; 4. the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and 5. the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues. Discharges in special areas Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from ships of 400 gross tonnage and above shall be prohibited except when all of the following conditions are satisfied: 1 the ship is proceeding en route; 2.the oily mixture is processed through an oil filtering equipment, provided with alarm and automatic stop system if exceed 15ppm 3.the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million; 4.the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and 5.the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues.  In respect of the Antarctic area, any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from any ship shall be prohibited. MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

10 Requirements for ships of less than 400 gross tonnage in all areas except the Antarctic area In the case of a ship of less than 400 gross tonnage, oil and all oily mixtures shall either be retained on board for subsequent discharge to reception facilities or discharged into the sea in accordance with the following provisions: 1. the ship is proceeding en route; 2. the ship has in operation equipment of a design approved by the Administration that ensures that the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million; 3. the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and 4. the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues. Regulation 34 - Control of discharge of oil (from the cargo area of an oil tanker) Discharges outside special areas from the cargo area of an oil tanker 1. the tanker is not within a special area; 2. the tanker is more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest land; 3. the tanker is proceeding en route; 4. the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content does not exceed 30 litres per nautical mile; 5.Does not exceed 1/15,000 of the total quantity (for tankers delivered on or before 31 Dec 1979) and 1/30,000 (for tankers delivered after 31 Dec 1979) 6. the tanker has in operation an oil discharge monitoring and control system and a slop tank arrangement as required by regulations. (Except Clean or Segregated Ballast) Discharges in special areas from the cargo area of an oil tanker 1. Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from the cargo area of an oil tanker shall be prohibited while in a special area 2. Except Clean or Segregated Ballast Requirements for oil tankers of less than 150 gross tonnage  Oil tankers of less than 150 gross tonnage

, discharge of oil

18. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC)

International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC)  Administration shall carry on board  IOPP Ce

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

11  after th d more than 3 months before the expiry date of the existing cer



 Administration (or)



the person (or) organization authorized by Adminis   ၥ

.

relevant

survey reports copies IOPPC Certify That  The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the Regulations 6 (Survey And Certification) structure, equipment, system, fitting, arrangement and materials are in all



respects satisfactory and comply with the applicable requirement of Annex I  Supplement by record of inspection and equipments  A record of Construction and Equipments is issue as supplement  validity not exceed 5 years A Record of Construction and Equipments 1. 2. Equipments for control of oil discharge 3. Sludge tank 4. Standard discharge connections 5. Exemption 6. Equivalents For Tankers (Form B) , additionally contains: 7. Constructions 8. Retention of oil onboard 9. Pumping, Piping And Discharge Arrangement 10. Equivalent arrangement for Chemical tankers carrying oil

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

12 19. Oil Pollution Insurance Certificate (OPIC) From CLC 69  Properly called Certificate of Insurance or Financial Security In Respect Of Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage.  Requirement under the international Convention On Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (CLC 69) Article 7  Require to be carried by all ships carrying more than 2000 tons of persistent oil in bulk as cargo  Issued by Flag State  Valid for maximum 12 months  Survey is not require for issue of an OPIC 20. Pollution  Accidental Pollution . Operational Pollution 21. Annex I

Regulation 13 Standard discharge connection for residues from machinery bilges and from

 oil residue (sludge) tanks

pipeline ၍

Flanges Outside diameter Inner diameter

215 mm

Bolt circle diameter

maximum internal

Bolts and nuts

diameter of 125 mm Thickness

20 mm

Gasket

183 mm 6 holes 6, each of 20 mm in diameter and of suitable length

Service pressure

600 kPa.

Oil Proof Material

22. SOPEP and SMPEP Shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP)  MARPOL

 Organizatio

. guidelines

working language of the master and officers 1.

oil pollution incident Reporting procedure

2.

Authorities or Persons List

3.

reduce or control . detailed description

4. C

national . report procedures and point of contact

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

13 Regulation 17



shipboard marine pollution emerg "Shipboard marine pollution emergency plan"  5,000 tons deadweight or more oil tankers

shore-based damage stabili

Shipboard marine pollution emergency plan for Noxious Liquid Substances (SMPEP) every ship of 150 gross tonnage and above certified to carry

 Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk

prepare



Noxious Liquid Substances pollution incident

1.

Reporting procedure 2. In the event of Noxious Liquid Substances pollution incident Authorities or Persons List 3. In Case Of

discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances

immediately action

. detailed description

4.

national . report procedures and point of contact Regulation 37 of Annex I



shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP)

“

”

. The phrase "all oily mixtures" includes all ballast water and tank washing residues from cargo oil tanks. “

”

En route means that the ship is underway at sea on a course or courses, including deviation from the shortest direct route, which, as far as practicable for navigation purposes, will cause any discharge to be spread over as great an area of the sea as is reasonable and practicable. “

”

The segregated ballast system should be a system which is "completely separated from the cargo oil and fuel systems" as required by regulation. Nevertheless, provision may be made for emergency discharge of the segregated ballast by means of a connection to a cargo pump through a portable spool piece. In this case non-return valves should be fitted on the segregated ballast connections to prevent the passage of oil to the segregated ballast tanks. The portable spool piece should be mounted in a conspicuous position in the pump-room and a permanent notice restricting its use should be prominently displayed adjacent to it. Sliding type couplings should not be used for expansion purposes where lines for cargo oil or fuel oil pass through tanks for segregated ballast, and where lines for segregated ballast pass through cargo oil or fuel oil tanks. This interpretation is applicable to ships, the keel of which is laid, or which are at a similar stage of construction, on or after 1 July 1992.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

14 Definition of double side wing tanks Wing tanks required for the protection of the entire cargo tank length by regulation , for the purpose of compliance with regulation, can be used as cargo tanks for the carriage of oil other than heavy grade oils when the ship is provided with cargo tanks so arranged that the capacity of each cargo tank does not exceed 700 m 3. “

” “

”

“

”

s, other 3

than crude oils, having either a density at 15°C higher than 900 kg/m or a kinematic viscosity at 50°C greater than 180 mm2/s.

23. MARPOL Annex II

four categories

 MARPOL Annex II Regulation 6

Noxious Liquid Substance

1. Category X: Noxious Liquid Substances  Tank cleaning or deballasting operations .sea

. discharge

marine resources or human health

Category X

marine environment

major hazard

. discharge

2. Category Y: Noxious Liquid Substances  Tank cleaning or deballasting operations .sea

. discharge

marine resources or human health or cause harm

to amenities or other legitimate

deemed to present a hazard quality and quantity

Category Y marine environment

.

discharge 3. Category Z: Noxious Liquid Substances  Tank cleaning or deballasting operations .sea hazard

. discharge

Category Z

and quantity 4.

marine resources or human health

minor

less stringent restrictions

marine environment

quality

. discharge

Other Substances  Chapter 18 of IBC Code category column

Category X, Y or Z

Tank cleaning or

deballasting operations

.sea

.

discharge considered to present no harm

Other Substances

(Remark: The discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or mixtures containing only “

. four categories

 of Parties Carry

proposed operation

”

j

liquid substance in bulk

carry

Governments

As per regulation

the Government of the producing or shipping country

agreement

carry

.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

15 24. . MARPOL Annex II

.

1. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C) Annex II, Regulation 9 2. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F) BCH Code Section 1.6 (Old) 3. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) Ch VII, Regulation 10,IBC Code Section 1.5 (New) (3

)

1. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C) Annex II, Regulation 9 ၍



 Annual

 

2. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F) BCH Code Section 1.6  Chemical Tanker, Before 1st July 1986

constructed

“ ”

H

of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F)

applies

Certificate

issued

 Certificate validity  Survey

Loading and Stability Manual . Cargo Record Book

examined

3. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) Ch VII, Regulation 10,IBC Code Section 1.5 (New) 

Chemical Tanker, 1st July 1986

After 1st July 1986

constructed

“ ”

Code)

applies

Bulk (I.C.O.F)

International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in issued

 Certificate validity  Survey

MG PYAR GYI

Loading and Stability Manual . Cargo Record Book

examined

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

16 25. .IBC Code Apply .IBC

Certificate

Code Apply

BCH Code Apply

Certificate

International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk

(I.C.O.F) BCH Code Apply

Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F)

26. MARPOL Annex II

P & A Manual . Cargo Record Book

Procedure And Arrangement Manual (P & A Manual) Carry



Every Ship

Administration

Procedure And Arrangement Manual (P & A Manual)  The main purpose

Requirement Of This Annex

Approve

Onboard

comply

Physical Arrangement

cargo tank ballasting and deballasting P

.

Identify  Manual 1. All particular of the Ship’s Equipment and Arrangements 2. Operational Procedures of cargo unloading and tank cleaning 3. Procedure for discharge of cargo residues, tank washing, slops collection, ballasting and deballasting 4. Information and Procedures 5. Cargo Tank Information 6. Flow diagram 7. Prewash procedures 8. Ventilation Procedures 9. Additional information and operational instructions (The Manual will be examined with the INLS Certificate and Cargo Record Book at surveys) All, Opera, Procedure, Inform, Car, Flow, Pre, Vent, Cargo Record Book  Annex II

Apply

Every Ship

Cargo Record Book .



Record

. Record



Record

(Tank By Tank )

 Each Entry

officer or officer in charge sign

 Inspection

Cargo Record Book Cargo Record Book



Page onboard onboard

.

. Master . Sign

keep Preserved

 T Cargo Record Book Cargo

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

17  Record a) Loading of cargo b) Internal transfer of cargo c) Unloading of cargo d) Mandatory prewash as per P & A Manual e) Cleaning of cargo tank except mandatory prewash f) Discharge in to the sea of tank washing g) Ballasting of cargo tanks h) Discharge of ballast water from cargo tanks i)

Accidental or other exceptional discharge

j) Control by authorized surveyors k) Additional operational procedure and remarks 27. MARPOL Annex II

Discharge Standard , Special Area

Exceptions

Discharge Standard  B

regulation

substances

Sea

. Discharge

Category X, Y or Z Discharge Standard

apply

1. the ship is proceeding en route at a speed of at least 7 knots in the case of self-propelled ships or at least 4 knots in the case of ships which are not self-propelled; 2. the discharge is made below the waterline through the underwater discharge outlet(s) not exceeding the maximum rate for which the underwater discharge outlet(s) is (are) designed; and 3. the discharge is made at a distance of not less than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land in a depth of water of not less than 25 metres Annex II Special Area  In the Antarctic area any discharge into the sea of Noxious Liquid Substances or mixtures containing such substances is prohibited. (Antarctic Area means the sea area south of latitude 60°S) Exceptions ( Same As Annex I Exceptions)  . safety of a ship or saving life at sea or its equipment damage result all reasonable precautions



necessary for the purpose of securing Annex II provide

damage or discovery discharge

.) the purpose of combating specific pollution incidents to minimize the damage from pollution

.)ship

apply

 Owner or Master . intent to cause damage or recklessly (

(

၍ that damage probably result Administration approved Annex II

Discharge

apply

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

18

MARPOL Annex II Anniversary date means the day and the month of each year which will correspond to the date of expiry of the International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk. Ballast water Clean ballast means ballast water carried in a tank which, since it was last used to carry a cargo containing a substance in Category X, Y or Z, has been thoroughly cleaned and the residues resulting there from have been discharged and the tank emptied in accordance with the appropriate requirements of this Annex. Segregated ballast means ballast water introduced into a tank permanently allocated to the carriage of ballast or cargoes other than oil or Noxious Liquid Substances as variously defined in the Annexes of the present Convention, and which is completely separated from the cargo and oil fuel system. Depth of water means the charted depth. En route means that the ship is under way at sea on a course or courses, including deviation from the shortest direct route, which as far as practicable for navigational purposes, will cause any discharge to be spread over as great an area of the sea as is reasonable and practicable. Nearest land. The term “from the nearest land” means from the baseline from which the territorial sea in question is established in accordance with international law, Noxious Liquid Substance means any substance indicated in the Pollution Category column of chapter 17 or 18 of the International Bulk Chemical Code or provisionally assessed under the provisions of regulation 6.3 as falling into Category X, Y or Z. PPM means ml/m3. Residue means any noxious liquid substance which remains for disposal. Residue/water mixture means residue to which water has been added for any purpose (e.g. tank cleaning, ballasting, bilge slops). Solidifying/non-solidifying Solidifying Substance means a noxious liquid substance which: .1. in the case of a substance with a melting point of less than 15°C, is at a temperature of less than 5°C above its melting point at the time of unloading; or .2. in the case of a substances with a melting point of equal to or greater than 15°C, is at a temperature of less than 10°C above its melting point at the time of unloading. Non-solidifying Substance means a noxious liquid substance, which is not a Solidifying Substance. Tanker Chemical tanker means a ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in chapter 17 of the International Bulk Chemical Code; NLS tanker means a ship constructed or adapted to carry a cargo of Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk and includes an “oil tanker” as defined in Annex I of the present Convention when certified to carry a cargo or part cargo of Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk. Viscosity High-Viscosity Substance means a noxious liquid substance in Category X or Y with a viscosity equal to or greater than 50 mPa.s at the unloading temperature. Low-Viscosity Substance means a noxious liquid substance, which is not a High-Viscosity Substance.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

19

28.

. Annex III Annex III of MARPOL 73/78 Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Harmful



Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form  Annex III  Regulation 8

Regulation 8

Appendix

Appendix

Regulation 1 – Application Regulation 2 – Packing Regulation 3 - Marking and labeling Regulation 4 - Documentation Regulation 5 – Stowage Regulation 6 - Quantity limitations Regulation 7 - Exceptions Regulation 8 - Port State control on operational requirements Appendix to Annex III - Criteria for the identification of harmful substances in packaged form Regulation 1 – Application   Harmful substances

International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code)

 Packaged form

the

f ၍

  H Detailed requi  Previously

 Regulation 2 – Packing  specific contents

MG PYAR GYI

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

20 Regulation 3 - Marking and labeling 

(for example, by use of the relevant United Nations number)  H Regulation 4 – Documentation  Harmful substances

carriage by sea

correct technical name (trade names alone shall not be used) addition identified  Shipper

. "MARINE POLLUTANT"

supplied to minimize the hazard to the marine environment a signed certificate or declaration



before departure  special list or manifest or a detailed stowage plan

documents

the carriage of dangerous goods by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974

၍ harmful substances covered by this Annex clear dist

Regulation 5 – Stowage  The safety of the ship and persons on board Harmful substance

to minimize the hazards to the marine properly stowed and secured

Regulation 6 - Quantity limitations  The packaging and

to size,

construction and equipment of the ship

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

21 Regulation 7 - Exceptions  The purpose of securing the safety of the ship or saving life at

29. MARPOL Annex III

၍

refer disposal

 MARPOL Annex III

. Emergency Operation Procedures

 Expired Pyrotechnics

I.M.D.G Code, Supplement

Refer

ashore, either back to original supplier, or to service station or to the local

coast guard or police

.

30. Sewage Definition . Sewage System (3) "Sewage" means: 1. drainage and other wastes from any form of toilets and urinals; 2. drainage from medical premises (dispensary, sick bay, etc.) via wash basins, wash tubs and scuppers located in such premises; 3. drainage from spaces containing living animals; or 4. other waste waters when mixed with the drainages defined above. Regulation 9 - Sewage Systems  Annex IV, Regulation 2

comply

sewage system

provisions of this Annex

equipped

1. Organization

.

a sewage treatment plant 2. Administration

approved

(

Administration

.)

a sewage comminuting and disinfecting system,

when the ship is less than 3 nautical miles from the nearest land temporary storage (

Administration

sewage

facilities

.)

3. the number of persons on board and other relevant factors Administration

operation of the ship capacity

a holding tank (Indicate visually the amount of its contents)

MG PYAR GYI

approved

. constructed

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

22 31. Annex IV

Apply

 Annex IV Regulation 2 – Application

international voyages

Apply 1. new ships of 400 gross tonnage and above; and 2. new ships of less than 400 gross tonnage which are certified to carry more than 15 persons; and 3. existing ships of 400 gross tonnage and above, five years after the date of entry into force of this Annex; and 4. existing ships of less than 400 gross tonnage which are certified to carry more than 15 persons, five years after the date of entry into force of this Annex. "New ship" means a ship: 1. for which the building contract is placed, or in the absence of a building contract, the keel of which Is laid, or which is at a similar stage of construction, on or after the date of entry into force of this Annex; or 2. the delivery of which is three years or more after the date of entry into force of this Annex. "Existing ship" means a ship which is not a new ship.

32. Annex IV

Discharge Criteria

 The discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except when:  Annex IV Regulation 9.1.2

Administration

and disinfecting system

approved

a sewage comminuting

system

၍ comminuted and

a distance of more than 3 nautical miles from the nearest land discharging

(

.)

 Not comminut

a distance of more than 12 nautical miles from the ship is en route

the nearest land discharging

discharged instantaneously discharged

Organization . standards .

 sewage treatment plant .

Administration

regulation 9.1.1 of this Annex Administration

certified

approved

operational

approved sewag the test results of the plant

 laid down water

visible floating solids (

. Additional

.

.) coloration of surrounding water

surrounding produce

 When the sewage is mixed with wastes or waste water covered by other Annexes of MARPOL 73/78, the requirements of those Annexes shall be complied with in addition to the requirements of this Annex.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

23 33. Annex IV

certificate

 Annex IV

International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)

International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)  Any

accordance with

the provisions of regulation 4 of this Annex Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate

after an initial or renewal survey

An international

issue

 any persons or

 organization accordance with of regulation 4



A renewal survey ( at intervals specified by the renewals are  An initial survey

(before the ship is put in service or before the Certificate) under regulation 5

 A renewal survey ( at intervals specified by the Administration, but not exceeding five years) regulation 8.2, 8.5, 8.6 or 8.7

 An additional survey (any important repairs or renewals are made, survey either general

 Certificate of

34. Annex IV

Not exceeds 5 years

Regulation 10

Standard Discharge Connections

Regulation 10 -Standard Discharge Connections Pipes of reception facilities table

accordance with the following

standard discharge connection

Flanges Outside diameter Inner diameter Thickness Gasket

MG PYAR GYI

both lines

210 mm maximum internal diameter of 100 mm 16 mm Oil Proof Material

fitted

၍

Bolt circle diameter Bolts and nuts Service pressure Slots in flange

170 mm 4, each of 16 mm in diameter and of suitable length

600 kPa. 4 holes 18 mm in diameter equidistantly placed

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

24

 For ships having a moulded depth of 5 metres and less, the inner diameter of the discharge connection may be 38 millimetres.  be fitted with a discharge connection which can be accepted by the Administration, such as quick connection couplings. 35. Annex IV ANNEX IV Special Area (1) Baltic sea area (2) Other Se Area designated by organization 36. What is the Garbage?  Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, all plastics, cargo residues, incinerator ashes, cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during the normal operation of the ship and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except those substances which are defined or listed in other Annexes to the present Convention.  Garbage does not include fresh fish and parts thereof generated as a result of fishing activities undertaken during the voyage, or as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the transport of fish including shellfish for placement in the aquaculture facility and the transport of harvested fish including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing. 37. MARPOL Annex V MARPOL Annex V Special Areas (1) Baltic sea

(2) black sea

(3) Red sea

(4) Mediterranean Sea

(5) North sea

(6) gulf area

(7)Wider Caribbean region

(8) Antarctica area.

38. MARPOL Annex V Discharge Criteria Regulation 3(new reg.) General prohibition on discharge of garbage into the sea 1.

all garbage

2. Reg. 7

all plastics, including but not limited to synthetic ropes, synthetic fishing nets, plastic

garbage bags and incinerator ashes from plastic products 3. Reg. 7

cooking oil

Regulation 4 : Discharge of garbage outside special areas Regulation 6 :Discharge of garbage within special areas

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

25

 Reg 3.1

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

26

Outside special areas: Shall Only Be Made When The Ship Is En route  Not greater than 25mm screen with openings waste

pass through

not less than 3nm from the nearest land

comminuted/ground food discharge into the sea

 Food waste and C

not less

than 12 nm from the nearest land

discharge into the sea

as far from the nearest land



discharge into the sea not



harmful to the marine environment

discharge into the sea

Inside special areas: Shall Only Be Made When The Ship Is En route  Not greater than 25mm screen with openings

waste

pass through

comminuted/ground food

not less than 12nm from the nearest land (or) the nearest ice shelf

discharge into the sea  Only if the ship is special area between ports

Arrival And Departure

adequate reception facilities not less than 12nm from the nearest land (or) the nearest ice shelf discharge into the sea not



harmful to the marine environment

discharge into the sea

Regulation 7 – Exception Enroute 1. Securing

.)

2. 3. 4.

accidental fishing

Not Enroute 1.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

27 39. MARPOL Garbage

(9)

(or) MARPOL Annex V Garbage Categories

Garbage categories: A. Plastics B. Food wastes C. Domestic wastes (e.g., paper products, rags, glass, metal, bottles, crockery, etc.) D. Cooking oil E. Incinerator Ashes F. Operational wastes G. Cargo residues H. Animal Carcass(es) I. Fishing gear 40. MARPOL Annex V Regulation 9 Reg :9 Placards, garbage management plans and garbage record-keeping Placards  Every ship of 12 metres or more in LOA

placards of the disposal requirements

display

 Garbage Management Plan  GT 100

15 persons or more

management plan

a garbage

Garbage Management Plan

procedure

Provide • collecting, storing, processing and disposing of garbage and use of the equipment on board • • •

w.

Garbage Record book  GT 400

. 15 persons or more

Garbage

Record Book  01 January 2013

The Garbage Record Book and

the Record of Garbage Discharges recorded

amendments

New Garbage categories . .

 GRB

Operation

 Entries Flag State

MG PYAR GYI

Record

Officer In Charge

English, French or Spanish language Official Language

Operation Record

Sign .

၍ Record

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

28  Each Discharge or Incineration

Entry

date /time, position, description of

the garbage description of the garbage and the estimate amount discharged or incinerated .  Garbage Record Book Record Book

Reasonable time

onboard

record book

keep

onboard

 Regulation 7 of this Annex Less than 400 GT

inspection

Garbage

Period of two year after last entry garbage

keep Dscharge or Accidental s Log Book

GRB ၌ entry Entry

“Cargo residues means the remnants of any cargo which are not covered by other Annexes to the present MARPOL Convention and which remain on the deck or in holds following loading or unloading, including loading and unloading excess or spillage, whether in wet or dry condition or entrained in wash water but does not include cargo dust remaining on the deck after sweeping or dust on the external ”

4.2 Amount of garbage The amount of garbage on board should be estimated in cubic metres, if possible separately according to category. The Garbage Record Book contains many references to estimated amount of garbage. It is recognized that the accuracy of estimating amounts of garbage is left to interpretation. Volume estimates will differ before and after processing. Some processing procedures may not allow for a usable estimate of volume, e.g. the continuous processing of food waste. Such factors should be taken into consideration when making and interpreting entries made in a record.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

29 APPENDIX 1 FORM OF GARBAGE RECORD BOOK Name of ship __________________________________ Distinctive number or letters ______________________ IMO Number ___________________________________ Period _____________ From______________ To______________ 1 Introduction In accordance with regulation 10 of Annex V of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL), a record is to be kept of each discharge operation or completed incineration. This includes discharges into the sea, to reception facilities, or to other ships, as well as the accidental loss of garbage. 2 Garbage and garbage management Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, plastics, cargo residues, cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during the normal operation of the ship and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except those substances which are defined or listed in other Annexes to the present Convention. Garbage does not include fresh fish and parts therof generated as a result of fishing activities undertaken during the voyage, or as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the transport of fish including shellfish for placement in the aquaculture facilities and the transport of harvested fish including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing. The Guidelines for the Implementation of Annex V of MARPOL should also be referred to for relevant information. 3 Description of the garbage Garbage is to be grouped into categories for the purposes of the Garbage Record Book (or ship?s official log-book) as follows: A Plastics B Food wastes C Domestic Wastes D Cooking Oil E Incinerator ashes F Operational wastes G Cargo residues H Animal Carcass(es) I Fishing Gear ____________________________ 1 Refer to the Guidelines for the Implementation of Annex V of MARPOL 73/78, as amended by resolutions.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

30 4 Entries in the Garbage Record Book 4.1 Entries in the Garbage Record Book shall be made on each of the following occasions: 4.1.1 When garbage is discharged to a reception facility ashore or to other ships: .1 Date and time of discharge .2 Port or facility, or name of ship .3 Categories of garbage discharged .4 Estimated amount discharged for each category in cubic metres .5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation. 4.1.2 When garbage is incinerated: .1 Date and time of start and stop of incineration .2 Position of the ship (latitude and longitude) at the start and stop of incineration .3 Categories of garbage incinerated .4 Estimated amount incinerated in cubic metres .5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation. 4.1.3 When garbage is discharged into the sea in accordance with regulations 4, 5 or 6 of Annex V of MARPOL: .1 Date and time of discharge .2 Position of the ship (latitude and longitude). Note: for cargo residue discharges, include discharge start and stop positions. .3 Category of garbage discharged .4 Estimated amount discharged for each category in cubic metres .5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation. 4.1.4 Accidental or other exceptional discharges or loss of garbage into the sea, including in accordance with regulation 7 of MARPOL Annex V: .1 Date and time of occurrence .2 Port or position of the ship at time of occurrence (latitude, longitude and water depth if known) .3 Categories of garbage discharged or lost .4 Estimated amount for each category in cubic metres .5 The reason for the discharge or loss and general remarks. _____________________________ Refer to Guidelines developed by the Organization. In line with the standard format for waste delivery receipt, MEPC.1/Circ.645, ship?s masters should obtain from the operator of the reception facilities, which includes barges and trucks, a receipt or certificate specifying the estimated amount of garbage transferred. The receipts or certificates must be kept together with the Garbage Record Book.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

31

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

32

MARPOL Annex V 1. Animal carcasses means the bodies of any animals that are carried on board as cargo and that die or are euthanized during the voyage. 2. Cargo residues means the remnants of any cargo which are not covered by other Annexes and which remain on the deck or in holds following loading or unloading, whether in wet or dry condition but does not include cargo dust on the deck or external surfaces of the ship. 3. Cooking oil means any type of edible oil or animal fat used or intended to be used for the preparation or cooking of food, but does not include the food itself that is prepared using these oils. 4. Domestic wastes means all types of wastes not covered by other Annexes that are generated in the accommodation spaces on board the ship. Domestic wastes does not include grey water. 5. Food wastes means any spoiled or unspoiled food substances and includes fruits, vegetables,dairy products, poultry ) meat products and food scraps generated aboard ship. 6. Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, all plastics, cargo residues, incinerator ashes,cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during the normal operation of the ship and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except those substances which are defined or listed in other Annexes to the present Convention.Garbage does not include fresh fish and parts thereof generated as a result of fishing activities undertaken during the voyage, or as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the transport of fish including shellfish for placement in the aquaculture facility and the transport of harvested fish including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing. 7. Incinerator ashes means ash and clinkers resulting from shipboard incinerators used for the incineration of garbage.

41. MARPOL Annex VI Air Pollution (6) Sources According to MARPOL Annex VI, six sources of air pollution from ships are 1. Emission of Ozone Depleting Substances 2. Nitrogen Oxide Emission from Diesel Engine 3. Sulphur Oxide Emission 4. Emission of Volatile Organic Compounds 5. The incineration of Shipboard wastes 6. Fuel Oil Quality 1.Emission of Ozone Depleting Substances (Reg -12)  On Board Ship

Ozone Depleting Substances

Halon- 1211

CFC -11

CFC-113

Halon- 1301

CFC -12

CFC-114

Halon- 2402  Hydrochlorocarbons  Hyrochlorocarbons

CFC-115

.

.

. Limit

Ozone Depleting Substances 1st – Jan – 2020

 MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

33 2.Nitrogen Oxide Emission from Diesel Engine (NOx) /(Reg-13)  Diesel Engine more than 130 kw

Regulation

Apply

 Emergency Diesel Engine, Lifeboat Engines and Any Devices (or) In Case Of Emergency Apply  Emission Of NOx

Weight

. Limited

Tier I (Before 2011), Tier II (2011-2016) and

Tier III (After 2016)  NOx 1. North American Area 2. United Caribbean Area 3. Any Other Sea Area, including any port area 3.Sulphur Oxide Emission (Reg-14)  The sulphur content of any fuel used on board ships shall not exceed 1. 4.5% m/m prior to 1st Jan 2012 2. 3.5% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2012 3. 0.5% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2020  SOx 1. Baltic Sea 2. North American Area 3. United Caribbean Sea Area 4. North Sea 5. Any Other Sea Area, including port areas designated by Organization  Requirements within SOx emission control area The sulphur content of fuel oil used onboard ships, does not exceed 1. 1.5% m/m prior to 1st July 2010 2. 1.0% m/m prior on and after 1st July 2010 3. 0.1% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2015  Supplier

fuel oil

Sulphur Content

 Sufficient time  Administration

Documented Procedure

prescribed

date, time & position Log Book

Volume of low

record

4.Emission of Volatile Organic Compounds (Reg-15)  Under the jurisdiction

Volatile Organic

Compounds (VOCs  Organization

. Tankers For VOCs

.  Administration

Approved

 Administration

Approved

control VOC management plan

Crude Oil Tanker

5.The incineration of Shipboard wastes (Reg-15)  The following incineration shall be prohibited. 1. Annex I, II, and III cargo residues and Contaminated packing material 2. Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) 3. Garbage containing more than traces of Heavy Metals MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

34 4. Refined petroleum containing Halogen Compounds 5. Sewage Sludge and Sludge Oil which is not generated onboard the ship 6. Exhaust gas cleaning system re dues  Plolyvinyl Chloride (PVC) shall be prohibited except incinerator with IMO typed approval Certificate  Sewage sludge and sludge oil generated during normal operation of ship, shall not take place inside ports, harbours and estuaries 6.Fuel Oil Quality (Reg- 18) 1. Shall be blended of hydrocarbon derived from petroleum refining 2. Shall be free from inorganic acid 3. Shall not include any added substance or chemical waste that 

jeopardize safety of ship or adversely affects performance of machinery



Harmful to personal



Contributes overall to additional air pollution

Bunker Delivery Note (Reg-18)  Shall be kept on board to be readily available for inspection 

Retained for 3 years, after the fuel oil has been delivered on board

 Shall be accompanied by a representative sample of the fuel oil nd the Master or Officer in

 charge of the bunker operation

 Sample should retained until fuel is consumed but not less than 12 months from the time of delivery 42. IAPP

IEEC

International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPP Certificate)  Every Ship 400 GT and above  Platforms and Drilling rigs engaged in voyages to waters under other parties  Issue by the Administration or person or organization authorized by it  At least in English, French or Spanish and also official language  Validity not exceeding 5 years “



”

International Energy Effciency Certificate (IEEC Certificate)  Every Ship 400 GT and above  Issue by the Administration or person or organization authorized by it  At least in English, French or Spanish and also official language  Shall be valid throughout the life of ship  Cease to be valid (1) withdrawn from service or new certificate issue (2) Transfer of flag “



”

 Content information (1) Particulars (2) Propulsion system (3) Attended EEDI (5) Required EEDI (6) Ship energy efficiency Managements Plan (7) EEDI Technical file MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

35 43. Attained EEDI

SEEMP

Attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) / (Reg-20)  Shall indicate estimate performance of ship in terms of energy efficiency  Accompanied by EEDI Technical file that contain information necessary for calculation of attained EEDI and shows process of calculation. Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP)  Each ship keep onboard specific ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP)  44. ANNEX I Special Area For the purposes of this Annex, the special areas are defined as follows: (1) the Mediterranean Sea area (2) the Baltic Sea area (3) the Black Sea area means (4) the Red Sea area (5)the Gulfs area (6) the Gulf of Aden area (7) the Antarctic area (8) the North West European waters (9) the Oman area of the Arabian Sea

(10) the Southern South African waters

ANNEX II Special Area  In the Antarctic area any discharge into the sea of Noxious Liquid Substances or mixtures containing such substances is prohibited. (Antarctic Area means the sea area south of latitude 60°S) ANNEX III Special Area  NIL ANNEX IV Special Area (1) Baltic sea area (2) Other Se Area designated by organization ANNEX V Special Area (1) Baltic sea

(2) black sea

(3) Red sea

(6) gulf area

(7)Wider Caribbean region

(4) Mediterranean Sea

(5) North sea

(8) Antarctica area.

ANNEX VI Special Area

NOx Emission Control Area (1)North American Area (2)United Caribbean Area (3)Any Other Sea Area, including any port area

SOx emission control area (1)Baltic Sea

(2)North American Area

(3)United Caribbean Sea Area (4)North Sea

(5)Any Other Sea Area, including port areas designated by Organization

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

36 45. STCW proper name

Amendment

International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978

 The international Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers (STCW), 1978, was adopted on 7 July 1978 entered into force on 28 April 1984.  The 1991 amendments, relating GMDSS and conduct of trials, were adopted by resolution MSC.21(59) and entered into force on 1st December 1992.  The 1994 amendments on special training requirements for personnel on tankers were adopted by resolution MSC.33 (63) and entered into force on 1st January 1996.  The 1995 amendments revised in 1995 and revised version is known as STCW 95 (entered into force on 1st February 1997, fully effected on 1st February 2002) The STCW Code contains, in: Part A & Part B  The 1997 amendments, relating to training of personnel on passenger and ro-ro passenger ships, were adopted by resolutions MSC.66(68) and MSC.67(68), amendments entered into force on 1st January 1999.  The 1998 amendments, relating to enhanced competence in cargo handling and stowage, particularly in respect of bulk cargoes, were adopted by resolution MSC.78(70), entered into force on 1st January 2003.  The May 2004 amendments, adjusting certificates and endorsements, were adopted by resolution MSC.156(78) and taking into account on-load and off-load devices in the competence relating to survival crafts and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats, were adopted by resolution MSC.l80(79). Both sets of amendments entered into force on 1st July 2006.  The 2006 amendments, new measures pertaining to ship security officers, were adopted by resolution MSC.209(81) and entered into force on 1st January 2008.  The 2010 amendments (the Manila Amendments) June 2010 at Manila, Philippines entered into force on January 2012 46. STCW Resolution I  Resolution I

Chapter (8)



Chapter I

General provisions



Chapter II

Master and deck department



Chapter III

Engine department



Chapter IV

Radio communication and radio operators



Chapter V

Special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships



Chapter VI

Emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and survival functions



Chapter Vll

Alternative certification



Chapter Vlll

Watchkeeping

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

37  Convention 

Article (17)

Resolution (19)

Annex 

Chapter I General provisions

(Regulation 1 to 15)



Chapter II Master and deck department



Chapter III Engine department



Chapter IV Radio communication and radio operators



Chapter V Special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships

(Regulation 1 to 50) ( Regulation 1 to 7) (Regulation 1 to 2)

(Regulation 1 to 2) 

Chapter VI Emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and survival functions (Regulation 1 to 6)



Chapter Vll Alternative certification



Chapter Vlll Watchkeeping

STCW Code  Part A

(Regulation 1 to 3)

Regulation (Regulation 1 to 2)

. Part A and Part B

Chapter I to VIII

Chapter I

Standards regarding general provisions

Chapter II Standards regarding the master and deck department Chapter III Standards regarding engine department Chapter IV Standards regarding radio operators Chapter V

Standards regarding special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships

Chapter VI Standards regarding emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and survival functions Chapter VII Standards regarding alternative certification Chapter Vlll Standards regarding watchkeeping (Part A  Part B

PSC

)

Chapter I to VIII . Recommended Guide Line

Chapter I

Guidance regarding general provisions

Chapter II

Guidance regarding the master and the deck department

Chapter III Guidance regarding the engine department Chapter IV Guidance regarding radio communication and radio operators Chapter V

Guidance regarding special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships

Chapter VI Guidance regarding emergency. occupational safety. security,medical care and survival functions Chapter VII Guidance regarding alternative certification Chapter Vlll Guidance regarding watchkeeping

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

38 47. STCW 1. War and Navy Ship 2. Fishing Vessel 3. Pleasure Yacht not engaged in trade 4. (

)

48. STCW

System

 Stream Line Reference System . . - Reg I/9

Medical Standard

- Section A I/9

Medical Standard

- Section B I/9

Regarding Medical Standard

49. STCW

Main Area

Main Area (5) 1. Shipboard Familiarization 2. Hours of work 3. Training 4. Medicals 5. Certification 50. STCW

Level Of Responsibility

Level Of Responsibility (3) 1. Management Level

Master, Chief Mate, C/E and 2/E ensure

2. Operation Level

)

Watchkeeping Officers all function . performance

3. Support Level

direct control

maintain

Watch ratings and other ratings with safety & pollution prevention responsibilities

(Management (

MG PYAR GYI

.) Operation level

assigned tasks

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

39 51. STCW

Standard of Competence grouping

(STCW Part A

7 Functions

)

The abilities specified in the standards of competence are grouped, as appropriate, under the following seven functions: 1. Navigation (For Deck Department OOW) 2 Cargo handling and stowage (For Deck Department CO) 3 Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board (For Deck Department Master) 4 Marine engineering 5 Electrical, electronic and control engineering 6 Maintenance and repair 7 Radiocommunications (For Deck Department 2/0) 52. STCW

Regulation I/4

Control Procedure  A duly authorized control officer

.

control

accordance with the Convention

 (

.) valid

endorsement

( Administration

.) In accordance with the regulation

. apply

proof documentary

verification  S

Administration

applicable safe manning requirements

verification  Required by the Convention

watchkeeping and security standards

maintain

.

such standards are not being maintained

Seafarers . ability assessment 1.

(or)

2.

under way, at anchor or at discharge

(or)

3. Routeing measures follow

Organization or safe navigation practices and procedures

an erratic (

manoeuvred

(or) 4. Persons, property, the environment, or a compromise to security

.

ၲ  Persons, property or the environment  S

.

Deficiencies

. appropriate certificate,

 Administration . safe manning requirements  Administration

MG PYAR GYI

ၲ

specified

requirem

comply .

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

40  Watch

Qualified Person

.

Essential E

(

Safe Navigation

.) Safety

Radio Communications (

.)

 Persons who sufficiently rested provide ability  Control Party

deficiencies

. determined

correct

(Party may detain a ship.) 53. STCW

Regulation I/7

(or) What is the White List

Communication of information  Convention Party

Required by the Code full and complete effect

General

. provide

 Party

.

full and complete effect information

the Secretary-General

administrative, training, education, certification . the Maritime Safety Committee

report

.

 full and comple

Maritime Safety Committee

with procedures 54. STCW

Secretary-

confirmation

Committee

accordance

adopted

Regulation I/9

Medical standards  Accordance with the provisions of this regulation and of section A-1/9

Each Party

medical fitness for seafarers

standards

establish  The purpose of seafarer medical examinations practitioner list

Each Party

recognized medical

publish

 Every seafarer, who is serving at sea, issue

accordance with the provisions of this regulation

valid medical certificate

 Every candidate for certification shall: 1. Not less than 16 years of age 2. Satisfactory proof of his identity 3.

Applicable medical fitness standards established by the Party

 Seafarer

maximum period of validity 2 years

age of 18

medical certificate

Under the

maxi

 voyage

until the

next port of call Nex

continue in force

Continue period

. a medical practitioner recognized by the Party

medical check

up

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

41 55. STCW

Regulation I/10

Recognition of certificates (C.O.R)  A master, off

under the authority of another Party

certificate recognize

in accordance with regulation 1/2, paragraph 7

the provisions of this regulation

comply

issued

endorsement

Each Administration

ensure  Standards of competence, training and certification and quality standards requirements of the Convention

fully complied

Authorize Party procedure

the

Administration

Authorize Party

confirm

confirm facilities and

inspection

 Training and certification

change .

compliance with the Convention  STCW Code

defined issue

Agree Party regulations II/2, III/2, III/3 or VII/1 (management level

certificates

legislation &

Administration knowledge

the maritime

perform

56. STCW Watch Arrangement Watch arrangements When deciding the composition of the watch on the bridge, which may include appropriately qualified ratings, the following factors, inter alia, shall be taken into account: 1 at no time shall the bridge be left unattended; 2 weather conditions, visibility and whether there is daylight or darkness; 3 proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary for the officer in charge of the watch to carry out additional navigational duties; 4 use and operational condition of navigational aids such as ECDIS, radar or electronic positionindicating devices and any other equipment affecting the safe navigation of the ship; 5 whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering; 6 whether there are radio duties to be performed;' 7 unmanned machinery space (UMS) controls, alarms and indicators provided on the bridge, procedures for their use and their limitations; and 8 any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a result of special operational circumstances. 57. STCW

Regulation I/11

Revalidation of certificates (Regulation I/11)  Certificate service

qualify for seagoing 5 years

.

 Regulation I/9  Section A1/II

( Demotion

MG PYAR GYI

) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

42 57. STCW

Regulation I/14

Responsibilities Of Companies

Convention, and shall require every such company to ensure that: 1. Accordance with the of the Convention ships

Administration

assigned to any of its

appropriate certificate

2. Administration

safe manning requirements

3.

required by the Convention

4.

. their experience, training, medical fitness and competency in assigned duties

5. Company

. documentation and relevant data

.

assign

maintained Seafarers

specific duties, arrangements, installations, equipment, procedures and ship 6. Safety, security or pollution

emergency situation

their activities

complement 7. in accordance with chapter V, regulation 14, paragraphs 3 and 4 of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS)

working

Language 58. STCW Chapter II

Deck Department

STCW Convention Annex . Chapter II Regulation II/1

Deck Department

Mandatory minimum requirements for

Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more (OOW)

Regulation II/2

Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of masters and chief mates on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more (Master & Mate)

Regulation II/3

Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational watch and of masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage OOW (NCV) & Master (NCV)

Regulation II/4

Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a navigational watch ( Rating –Watch)

Regulation II/5

Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer deck

59. Myanmar Merchant Shipping Act  Myanmar Merchant Shipping Act  Master (F.G) _______ Deck Officer Class I  First Mate (F.G) ______Deck Officer Class II  2nd Mate (F.G) _______ Deck Officer Class III  Master (N.C.V) _______ Deck Officer Class IV  Mate (N.C.V) ________ Deck Officer Class V MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

43 60. STCW Chapter III, IV, V & VI  Chapter III

 Chapter IV

Regulation III/1 to III/7

Regulation IV/1 & IV/2

Regulation IV/1



Engine Department

Application ( the global maritime distress and safety system

(GMDSS) ) Regulation IV/2



 Chapter V

Regulation V/1-1, V 1-2 & V/2

Regulation V/1-1



Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of GMDSS radio

Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications

of masters, officers and ratings on oil and chemical tankers Regulation V/1-2



Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications

of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas tankers Regulation V/2



Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of

masters,officers, ratings and other personnel on passenger ships  Chapter VI 

Regulation VI/1 to VI/6

Regulation VI/1

Mandatory minimum requirements for safety familiarization, basic

training and instruction for all seafarers (B.S.T Certoficate) 

Regulation VI/2

Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of

proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats (C.O.P in PSCRB) 

Regulation VI/3

Mandatory minimum requirements for training in advanced fire

fighting (A.F.F Certificate) 

Regulation VI/4

Mandatory minimum requirements relating to medical first aid and

medical care (M.F.A & A.M.C Certificate) 

Regulation VI/5

Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of

proficiency for ship security officers (C.O.P in S.S.O) 

Regulation VI/5

Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and

instruction for all seafarers (S.S.A Certificate)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

44 61. STCW

Fitness for duty

(or) STCW

Rest Period

(or) STCW

Hour

of Work Regulation VIII/1 Fitness for duty

Section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code

 Accordance with section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code

safety, security and prevention of .

1. Any 24-hour period

minimum 10 hours rest period

2. In any 7-day period

total rest period

3.

H

77 hours

two period

6 hours

Rest Period

14 hours

4. In the case of an emergency or in other overriding operational conditions (Musters, fire-fighting and lifeboat drills, and drills prescribed by national laws and regulations and by international instruments

N0. 2 . NO.3

maintain minimize

5. Administration 6. Seafarer

accessible

normal period of rest

call-o

posted rest period

compensate 7. Provisions of this section

comply

monitoring and verification

working

Administrations

maintain

the Master or the Master seafarer

authorized person

copy of dail

8. Safety of the ship, Safety of persons on board or safety of cargo, or for the purpose of giving perform to work schedule of rest hours suspend seafarer

Master

After normal situation

rest period

.

perform to work

Master

9. Schedule of rest hours  In any 7-day period rest period

Party

total rest period

77 hours

70 hours

 Two period of Rest Hour

total

extension period

exception

not more than three period

one period other two periods

In any 7-day period

6 hours in length

one period ၌ 14 hours

the Rest Period

.

Exceptions period

7-day period

24-hour periods 10. For the purpose of preventing alcohol abuse

Masters, Officers and O 0.05%

blood alcohol level (BAC) or 0.25 mg/l alcohol in the breath limit MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

45 62. MLC

Hour of Work

1. Maximum hours of work 2. Minimum hours of rest 3. Resting Period

Any 24hrs period

(not exceed 14hrs)

In each 7 days

(not exceed 72hrs)

Any 24hrs period

(not less than 10hrs)

In each 7 days

(not less than 77hrs)

not more than two period must not exceed 14hrs

4. Interval between consecutive rest period 63.

S.S.O

.

S.S.O

S.S.O



၆

SOLAS . ISPS Code

S.S.O

STCW

CH VI/5 64. C.O.C

. C.O.P

 STCW Chapter II, III, IV & VII

C.O.C

 STCW Chapter V & VI

C.O.P

65. Four Tickets  Regulation VI/1

Seafarers

accordance with section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code

 Section A-VI/1 1 personal survival techniques 2 fire prevention and fire fighting 3 elementary first aid 4 personal safety and social responsibilities 66. STCW 2010 Manila Amendents  Regulation I/11 (Revalidation of certificates)  Regulation II/5 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer deck)  Regulation III/5 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer engine in a manned)  Regulation III/6 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical officers)  Regulation III/7 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical ratings)  Regulation VI/6 (Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and instruction for all seafarers )  Section A-VIII/1 (Fitness for duty)

(

MG PYAR GYI

Changes

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

46 67. MLC 2006 . History ? , 94th International Labour Conference (Maritime)

 On 23

adopted

. Condition of work .



for competition create  Quality Shipping

ၲ

 MLC

1920

Convention

ILO

adopted

68 Maritime Labour

global standard

 At Least 30 members (33% of world GT) total share 12months

after

.= 20th Aug 2012)

(

 2001

.

Seafarers

. Joint resolution result

.

shipping

industry

. new convention .



jurisdiction & control

countries . shipowner  Current Maritime Labour Convention . present level

maintain

. foreign part



New convention

. inspection .

avoid & reduce 68. MLC  Content

(3) Main Parts

1. Regulation

The Code (contain the detail for implementation of the regulation)

2. Part A - (Mandatory Standard) 3. Part B – (Non Mandatory, Guidelines)  Code . Part A

Title 5

 STCW

streamline reference .

.

(

. . MLC

vertically integrated

)

For example: The first group in Titile 1, consist of Regulation 1.1, Standard A 1.1 and Guide line B 1.1 69. Title 5 Title 1: Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on a ship Title 2: Conditions of employment Title 3: Accommodation, recreational facilities, food and catering Title 4: Health protection, medical care, welfare and social security protection Title 5: Compliance and enforcement

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

47 70. MLC

minimum age Purpose

Minimum age

Purpose: Under-age persons work on a ship  Under the age of 16

engagement or work on board a ship

 Seafarers under the age of 18

Night work

prohibited

prohibited

Definition of Night Night

interval period at least 9 hours

 night work restriction

.

5 am

competent authority

A.

.

B.

mid night

effective training programmes and schedules

Seafarer u

established

. health or well-being

ၴ

authority . night work restriction national laws or regulations or by the competent authority

 health or safety  Guide Line

.

. working and living conditions special attentio

Medical Certificate

Purpose: Seafarer

Purpose

Medical Certificate

at sea

 Competent authority perform

prohibited

y

Member 71. MLC

ၴ

Seafarer

certified

at sea

medically fit to

valid medical certificate

 Part B of this Code

international guidelines

medical certificates  competent authority

recognize

qualified medical practitioner

procedures

medical certificate

 Medical certificate

particular

medical examination

issue

.

 

service at sea

( (

.) on board

.) at sea

medica

.

.  Seafarer

maximum period of validity 2 years

medical certificate

Under the age of 18

Colour vision  voyage call

until the next port of continue in force

Continue period

. a medical practitioner recognized by the Party  Engaged on International voyages

MG PYAR GYI

medical check up medical certific

English

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

48 72. MLC

Seafarers Employment Agreement

Agreement .

.

Purpose

Seafarers Employment

?

Purpose: seafarer

employment agreement seafarer agreement

 .  Seafarer

employment of a seafarer

terms and conditions agreement

terms and conditions

ဏ

agreement sign

sign

 Seafarer employment agreement

shipowner or a representative of the shipowner

. Original Sign  Employment agreement letter

. Master or Officer incharge review



Master

seafarer

copy of employment agreement letter  English language

(except for ships engaged only in

domestic voyages)  a.

;

b. c.

entered into;

d. the capacity in which the seafarer is to be employed; e. f.

the amount of paid annual leave

g. the termination of the agreement and the conditions  An indefinite period  A definite period . expiry

termination agreement termination agreement

date

.

 port of destination . after arrival seafarer

notice period

expiry

before port of destination . port

discharged

h. the health and social security protection benefits to be provided to the seafarer by the shipowner i. j.

reference to the collective bargaining agreement, if applicable; and

k. any other particulars which national law may require. -

 . minimum notice periods

.

adopt  Under national law or regulations or applicable collective bargaining agreements j

MG PYAR GYI

terminate

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

49 73. MLC 2006

CBA

CBA

 Collective bargaining agreement (CBA) Management (on behalf of the company) .

trades unions (on behalf of employees)

employees

Collective bargaining agreement (CBA) .

Shipowner/ or his representative and Trade Union

Port State Inspection

74. MLC

.

Purpose: S

Purpose

.

.

 Employment agreement or CBA

seafarer

 W

.

. agreed currency seafarer

 Basic pay or wages

၈

.

.

၈

recommended minimum wage

Over time, Bonus, Allowance

(or) Leave pay  Normal work hours

.

overtime

basic pay and overtime Over time payment rate

overtime payment consolidated wages

one and one quarter times the basic pay or

wages per hour  The Master . seafarer

endorsed

Monthly Overtime record

 National laws or the terms of CBA over time payment

75. MLC

Hours of work and hours of rest .

Purpose: S

Working hour . resting period

hours of work or hours of rest safely operated



Purpose

seafarer

hours of

work and rest  CBA or employment agreement

Normal working hours

based on an

 Maximum hours of work hours

(

 Minimum hours of rest

24-hour period

14 hours

Seven-day period

72

.) 24-hour period

10 hours

Seven-day period

77

hours

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

50  The hours of rest period

divide

hours of rest

two periods

one

6 hours long

 Safety of the ship, Safety of persons on board or safety of cargo, or for the purpose of giving assistance to other ships or persons in

perform to work

schedule of rest hours

Master

After normal situation  Seafarer

rest period

. suspend

perform to work

normal period of rest

seafarer

-

Master

rest period

compensate  Musters and all other drills

seafarer

Rest Period

minimize  Every position English

shipboard working arrangements table posted

Shipboard working arrangements table for every position

(a) the schedule of service at sea and service in port; and (b) the maximum hours of work or the minimum hours of rest required by national laws or regulations or applicable collective agreements.  Standardized format

. record

. hours of work and hours of rest onbard

endorsed 76. MLC 2006

“

-

keep

Seafarer

receive ”

 Any 24-hour period – starting at any moment during a day – must comprise at least ten hours of rest. 77. STCW

rest period . MLC

 STCW

rest period

 STCW

Safety

rest period MLC MLC

human right

 STCW . rest period

watch keeping MLC . rest period

all crew

78. MLC I. II.

Right to be repatriated at no cost Provide finicial security

79. MLC 

MG PYAR GYI

Seafarers injury, loss or un employment

adequate compensation

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

51 80. MLC

Manning Level

 SOLAS Chapter (5), Reg 14

Safe Manning

 Seafarer fatigue, nature, condition of voyage seafarer

sufficient number of

employ onboard

81. MLC

.

. adequate measure



 Prompt access to medical care onboard ship and ashoe 82. MLC

accommodation and recreational facilities

 The MLC 2006 requirements competent authority .

the size of sleeping rooms and other accommodation spaces, heating and

ventilation, noise and vibration and other ambient factors, sanitary and related facilities, lighting and hospital accommodation 83. MLC

.

.

 Carry & Serve food drinking water 

Appropriate Quantity & Quality

 

differing cultural & religious background

 Food free of charge during period of engagement  Food preparation

84. MLC

responsibilities

Trained & Qualified

. DMLC Certificate

 International Voyage

500 GT operate



Member Flag

500GT & Over

85. MLC Certificate  Any of the following cases: 1. 2. Certificate Endorse 3. Flag Change 4. 5. Title 3

substantial change

 The maritime labour certificate (MLC) atourized for this purpose by Flag State .

Competent Athourity (or) recognizized organization duly Requirement of this Convention

comply

corrective action

withdrawn

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

52 86. Certificate  International Voyage operate

500 GT

Member Flag

MLC

. DMLC Certificate

Maritime Labour Certificate (MLC)  The maritime labour certificate authorized for this purpose  Five years validity

the competent authority, or a recognized organization duly issued

validity of the certificate

intermediate inspection

dates of the certificate

shall not exceed

between the second and third anniversary

the competent authority or a recognized organization duly for this

purpose

intermediate inspection

Renewal Certificate

Standard Five years validity 1 year

2 year

3year

4year

5year

Intermediate Inspection Interim Maritime Labour Certificate  The maritime labour certificate (MLC) Resposibility

(i) New ship on delivery (ii) Flag changes (iii) Ship Owner Interim Certificate

.

Validity

. Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC)  Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC) Attached  Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC)  Part I

Flag State

Competent Athourity

I. II. III.

Part I and Part II

Competent Athourity National Requirement

releva

Under National Legislation . ship type

identify identify ၍ specific requirement

refer  Part II

Ship Ownner comply

 87. MLC 2006

Four Pillars

. MLC

 ု

ၴ

MG PYAR GYI

four pillars JUST REFERENCE ONLY

53 88. Consolidated MLC 2006  1920

.

adopted MLC 2006

89. MLC

.

Consolidated MLC 2006

PSC

 MLC

.

PSC

1. Minimum age 2. Medical certification 3. Qualifications of seafarers 4. 5. Use of any licensed or certified or regulated private recruitment and placement service 6. Hours of work or rest 7. Manning levels for the ship 8. Accommodation 9. On-board recreational facilities 10.Food and catering 11.Health and safety and accident prevention 12.On-board medical care 13.On-board complaint procedures 14.Payment of wages 90. MLC

detainable

1. Under age of 16 sefarer 2.

health or safety (

ၴ

.) night work

3. Manning Level 4. Violation of Night and Principles in Arrt III, IV 5. Accomadation 6.

. medical fitness certificate without valid

.

7. Not Valid Seamen Apployment

.

8. Maximum hour of work

.

9. Venilation and/or air conditioning or heating no working 10. Accomodation,(sanitary, catering unhygienic) 11. Intended Voyage

.

12. Medical Guide Onboard 13. International Voyage

3

100 or more passenger ship

14. . MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

54 91. What is the Special Tripartite Committee?  Article XIII of the MLC 2006

‘

Special Tripartite Committee

.  Committee

. this Convention

 Committee

.

Shipowners and Seafarers  Special Tripartite Committee

Convention

u

92. What is Fundamental rights in MLC? The fundamental rights to: (a) freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining; (b) the elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labour; (c) the effective abolition of child labour; and (d) the elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation. In brief, you have a right to a safe and secure workplace, where safetystandards are complied with, where you have fair terms of employment, decent living and working conditions, including social protection such asaccess to medical care, health protection and welfare. 93. MLC

Conventions incorporated

(၅)

1. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.165) 2. Repatriation of Seafarers Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.166) 3. Labour Inspection (Seafarers) Convention, 1996 (No.178) 4. Recruitment and Placement of Seafarers Convention, 1996 (No.179) 5.

MG PYAR GYI

H

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

55

MLC 2006

.

Definition

Basic pay or wages: The pay, however composed, for normal hours of work; it does not include payments for overtime worked, bonuses, allowances, paid leave or any other additional remuneration. Consolidated wage: The wage or salary which includes the basic pay and other pay-related benefits; a consolidated wage may include compensation for all over-time hours worked and all other pay-related benefits, or it may include only certain benefits in a partial consolidation. Hours of Rest: Time outside hours of work; this term does not include short breaks. Hours of Work: Time during which seafarers are required to do work on account of the ship. Overtime: Time worked in excess of the normal hours of work. Seafarers Employment Agreement: Includes both a contract of employment and the articles of agreement. CBA – collective bargaining agreement – an agreement on terms and conditions of work negotiated by a union on behalf of a group of workers Competent authority – the minister, government department or otherauthority with the power to issue and enforce regulations or other legal instructions regarding a provision of the Convention DMLC – Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance – a document attached toa Maritime Labour Certificate, which must be carried on board ships that are MLC certified GT – gross tonnage ILO – International Labour Organization, founded in 1919 to promote social j

‘

The ILO includes

‘

process). Over the years it has issued a large number of international labour conventions and recommendations on freedom of association, employment, social policy, conditions of work, social security, industrial relations and labour administration, and child labour,among others. IMO – International Maritime Organization, established in 1948 and held its first meeting in 1959. Its main task is to develop and maintain a comprehensive regulatory framework for shipping, dealing with safety,environmental concerns, legal matters, technical co-operation, maritime security and shipping efficiency. Where the focus of the ILO is on workers, that of the IMO is primarily on technical matters relating to ships. MARPOL – International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 (and its protocols) MLC – Maritime Labour Convention, 2006 No more favourable treatment – the concept which prevents ships flying flags over ships flying the flag of States that have Recognised organisation (RO) – an organization (such as a classificationsociety) to which the competent authority has delegated certain tasks. SEA –

– includes a contract ofemployment, articles of agreement and provisions in a CBA ABOUT THE MARITIME LABOUR CONVENTION, 2006 (MLC) – your employment and social rights, including the right to asafe and secure workplace, the right to fair terms of employment, the right todecent living and working conditions and the right to health protection,medical care, welfare measures and other forms of social protection

SOLAS – International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974STCW – International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (amended 1995) Substantial equivalence – any law, regulation, collective agreement or othermeasure used by a State to implement the requirements of the Convention.The approach may be different from that set in the Convention so long as the goals and purpose are fulfilled. WHO –World Health Organization, the United Nations body with the responsibility for co-ordinating international standards and guidance relating to health. WHO produces the International Medical Guide for Ships,which was first published in 1967.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

56 Conventions incorporated into the MLC 1.

Minimum Age (Sea) Convention, 1920 (No.7)

2.

Unemployment Indemnity (Shipwreck) Convention, 1920 (No.8)

3.

Placing of Seamen Convention, 1920 (No.9)

4.

Medical Examination of Young Persons (Sea) Convention, 1921 (No.16)

5. 6.

Repatriation of Seamen Convention, 1926 (No.23)

7. 8.

Holidays with Pay (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.54)

9.

j

10. Sickness Insurance (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.56) 11. Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.57) 12. Minimum Age (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1936 (No.58) 13. 14. 15. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.70) 16. Paid Vacations (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.72) 17. Medical Examination (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.73) 18. Certification of Able Seamen Convention, 1946 (No.74) 19. Accommodation of Crews Convention, 1946 (No.75) 20. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention, 1946 (No.76) 21. Paid Vacations (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.91) 22. Accommodation of Crews Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.92) 23. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.93) 24. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1958 (No. 109) 25. Accommodation of Crews (Supplementary Provisions) Convention, 1970 (No.133) 26. Prevention of Accidents (Seafarers) Convention, 1970 (No.134) 27. Continuity of Employment (Seafarers) Convention, 1976 (No.145) 28. 29. Merchant Shipping (Minimum Standards) Convention, 1976 (No.147) 30. Seafarers Welfare Convention, 1987 (No.163) 31. Health Protection and Medical Care (Seafarers) Convention, 1987 (No.164) 32. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.165) 33. Repatriation of Seafarers Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.166) 34. Labour Inspection (Seafarers) Convention, 1996 (No.178) 35. Recruitment and Placement of Seafarers Convention, 1996 (No.179) 36.

H

94. PSC

Convention . Flag State

.

full & Continous Control PSC

flag state

supplement (second line of

defence)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

57 95. MOU  Memorandum Of Understanding (

exchange

information  USCG .

(၁ )

US

National PSC . operate

1. Paris MOU

1982

2. Vina del Mar MOU

1992

3. Tokyo MOU

1993

4. USCG

1994

5. Caribbean MOU

1996

6. Mediterranean MOU

1997

7. Indian Ocean MOU

1998

8. West & Central Africa MOU

1999

9. Black Sea MOU

2000

10. Persian Gulf MOU 96. What is the Initial Inspection of PSC? Port State Control Officer PSCO comply

Documents & Certificate

of the ship

verify

PSCO

inspection

Initial Inspection

overall condition

97. What is the Clear Ground?  Clear Ground

ၥည္း (Hard Ware)

(Soft Ware)

 

. Clear Ground

.

Clear

inspection

more detail

inspection  Examples for clear grounds for a more detailed inspection; 1. Ship with overriding or unexpected factors 2. Relavant certificates and documents

onboard

properly kept & updated

falsely maintained 3. Relevant crew members authorities

(

.) other persons on board (

.) shore based

. unable to communicate

4. Certificate

.

(

.) holder of a certificate person . certificate originally

issued name person 5. A master, officer or rating

MG PYAR GYI

. certificate issued country

STCW Convention

ratified

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

58 6. Cargo and other operations 7. The last ballast voyage

conduct

the oil discharge monitoring and control system

the master of an oil tanker

produce

record

8. Muster list up-to-date

fire or abandon ship

crew members

. assign

duties 9. False distress alerts

proper cancellation procedures

10. Principal equipment or arrangements

conventionrsm

.

11.

risk the structural, no watertight or no

Port State Control Officer

evidence

.

12. S familiar

(or)

carried out

13. a table of shipboard working arrangements or 14. MLC 2006 comply flag of a State

.records of hours of work or rest flag changed

MLC 2006

(or) ship flies the

ratified

15. Working and living conditions on ship

MLC 2006

.

98. Inspection . More Detail Inspection  Inspection

. relevant

Conventions and

comply PSCO

Documents & Certificate

verify

overall condition of the ship

inspection  Initial Inspection

Clear Ground

Port State Control Officer (PSCO)

the provisions of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code,the provisions of the PSCC More Detail Inspection

99. Sub Standard Ship  (

.) Safe mannig level

100. PSCO Competent Athourity Of Party



duly

at Responsible exclusively that party 

Singapore

Class Surveyor



PSC

.

MG PYAR GYI

. . JUST REFERENCE ONLY

59 101. PSC  PSC instrument (LL 66, Tonnage 69, COLREG 72, MARPOL 73/78, SOLAS 74, STCW 78, MLC 2006) 102. PSC

COLREG

?

 Light, Shape, Sound Signals 103. Myanmar

PSC

 Myanmar

?

MOU .

PSC

. facilities

.

ႆ  Myanmar

MOU

MSA



Section 232: Unsafe Ship

Detain



Section 238: Foregin Ship

detention



Section 293:

Survey

104.

. power

Detention Procedure

Application . personal appointed or athouruzed person

power

SOLAS 1/19 /

 Valid

Val

Clear Ground

Organization  Next port

accept

shall not sail until without danger to ship or person

PSC



Clear Ground

flow

flag state

inform

Class,

Inform Notify

Next Port PSC



)

.

105. Deficiencies . Detainable Deficiencies  Deficiencies condition

requirement of relavant convention .

not to be in compliance

deficiencies code

 ( repair duration

code

within 1 week, within next docking, before arrival next port

)

 Under SOLAS/MARPOL/STCW/MLC

not to be in compliance

condition

.

detainable deficiencies 

Code Number 30

MG PYAR GYI

detainable deficiencies

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

60 106. ISM

SOLAS

Chapter

Objective of ISM 1st July 1998

SOLAS Chapter IX (Management for the Safe Operation of the Ship) Chapter IX, Reg 3.1

ISM code

Objective of ISM Code  To ensure safety at sea,  Prevention of human injury or loss of life, and 

Avoidance of damage to the environment.

107. What is company?  Operation of ship 108. SMS

Responsibility

company

DOC

?

 Compliance

  SOLAS/MARPOL/STCW/MLC Company

SMS

SMS quick reference

.

109. Observation, N.C, Major N.C Observation Safety Management Audit

j

N.C Observe Situation

Non Fulfilment (

j 

.

.

/

)

Corrective Action

Quanlity (Qualitaive), Quantity (Quantitavive) .



Observation .

Quality

Quantity

N.C 

Audit

Objective Avidence Quanity

.

Quality

N.C

Major N.C (1) Serious Treat to Safety of Person or Ship (2) Serious Risk to Enviroment (3) Require Immediate Corrective action (4) Lack of Effective (5) Systematic Implementation of Requirement of this Code ( .

Equipments

SMC Certificate Expire

Regulation (or)

) MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

61 110. Deficiency . Near Miss Deficiency

PSC (Port State Control) Inspection

Audit (Verification)

PSC

Deficiency

NC . Major NC

Action

Ratify

PSC

.

ISM (

PSC

)

Near Miss

111. SMS function (6) 1. A safety and environmental protection policy 2. 3. Levels of Authority defined

Shore and Ship Board Personnel

. lines of communication

established 4. Accidents and N

-

5. Emergency Situations

Report

procedures

Prepare Procedures Emergency Situations

Emergency to

Respond 6. 112. DPA

.

 To ensure safe operation of each ship & provide a link between company and ship Direct access to highest level management (

)

 Responsibility and Authority of DPA 1. Monitoring safety & pollution prevention aspects of operation of each ship 2. Ensuring adequate resources & shore based support are applied and necessary 113. ISM

Master Responsibility & Authority

1. implementing the safety and environmental-protection policy of the Company 2. motivating the crew in the observation of that policy; 3. issuing appropriate orders and instructions in a clear and simple manner; 4. verifying that specified requirements are observed; and 5. reviewing the SMS and reporting its deficiencies to the shore based management. Company

SMS

Master Authorities

Pollution Prevention . company assistance

MG PYAR GYI

Decision

Clear Statement

Master

Safety and

Overriding Responsibility & Athourity

request

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

62 114. ISM

Survey

ISM “

“

”

”

”

” 1. Company 2. Administration (

.) Administration

recognize

organization

(eg :Class) 3. Certificate

valid 5 year, Annual Verification

4. Annual Verification

within 3 month before and after the anniversary date

5. Renewal Verification 6. DOC copy “

Before Anniversary Date keep

”

1. Company 2.

Interim

company

3. Interim

/

Flag Administration (

4. Certifiacte Vaild ”

.) Class

1 year

” 1. 2. Administration (

.) Administration

recognize

organization

(eg :Class) 3. Certificate

valid 5 year, Intermediate between 2nd and 3rd anniversary date

4. Intermediate Verification

.New SMC

5.

( .

(

issue

၅

. NC

Expire Dtae

၍ 5 months

. Existing

Extension 6. Verify

.

. Corrective Action Extension

) Port

3 months

Extension

Administration ”

”

1. 2.

company change

3. Flag Change 4. Interim

Flag Administration (

5. Certificate Valid

.) Class

6 months

6. In Special Case, extend to not more than 6 months (Company . 7. Verify

.

Port

3 months

.) Extension

Administration

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

63 ISM Audits and Surveys 1. 2. Audit

Documentary Evidence

3. Verification

Documentary

+ Ship + Equipments

4. Internal Audit

5.

Classification

6. Survey 7.

115. ISM Audit

Preparation

Before ISM Audit (



Plan/ Record, Onboard Familiarization and Training Record Book, Risk Assessment etc..) all ready  All

Responsibility

 DPA

All crew

 Critical Equipments (

ODME, Emergency Steering Gear, Emergency Fire Pump, Emergency

 Previous Audit

recurrence

During ISM Audit  Auditor  Auditor 

Opening Meeting Audit

at least one officer

Onboard Operation

 Audit  Auditor

MG PYAR GYI

Plan

Explain

escort

Audit

Auditor Closing Meeting

Explain Master .

  Master

Audit

Audit Report

Certificate

check Receive

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

64 116. GT & NT Open Tonnage, Close Tonnage, Alternative Tonnage, Modified Tonnage



Tonnage International Convention



Tonnage Syastem

Unified System

.

War

Sh  Gross Tonnage (GT) 

Accordance With Provision Of Convention



GT

Unit

Over All Ship Size Of Measure

Determine

GT Formula GT = K1 K1 = Constant V = Total Volume Of All Enclosed Space In m3



GT . Dead Weight .



GT

Dead Weight

Cargo

Register

 Net Tonnage (NT) 

Convention



NT



NT Formula

. Measure

determine

NT = K2V2 (4d / 3D)2 + K3 (N1 + N2 / 10) K2 , K3 = Constant d= Module Draft D=Module Depth N1 =Number Passenger In Cabin N2 =Number Passenger In Cabin

117. Module Draft .

Draft

Depth

Extreme Draft . Extreme Depth

 / Deck Line 

Module Depth .

Draft

Depth)

Extreme Draft

Keel Plate Thickness

Module Draft &

Depth 118. Tonnage Certificate 

Flag State Administration (or) Organization Authorties By Adminstration



Certificate  Main Dimension, GT, NT  Name Location Length Of Space included in GT & NT  Date & Place of Original Measurement and Previous Last Measurement

119. Flag State 1. Minimum Safe Manning 2. Certificate of Registry (COR) 3. Continous Synosics Record (CSR) 4. Solas Exemption 5. Tonnage MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

65 120. International Load Line Certificate International Load Line Convention

International Load Line Certificate

International Voyage

st

21 July 1968 Annex A

Annex B

Annex A

Article 1 to 34

Aneex B

Annex I, II,

III Certificate Validity

Initial, Renewal and Annual Survey (3)

International Load Line Certificate

Administration (or) Class

121. Load Line Convention

Annex A

Annex B

Article (1 to 34) Annex-I

Annex-II

Chapter I to IV (Regulation)

AnnexIII

(Zones, Area & Seasonal period)

(CERT)

122. Load Line Exception 1. Ship of War 2. New Ship of less than 24m 3. Excisting ship of less than 150 tons gross 4. Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade 5. Fishing vessel (

၁၅

.

)

123. Load Line Exemption 1. 2. 3.

International Voyage

exceptional circumstance

Single

International Voyage 124. Exception . Exemption Exception ==

? Apply

Exemption == Convention .

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

66 125. Load Line Convention Submersion

Submersion

. (3)

1. Ship . Side

Appropriate Load Line

Voyage

Load Line

at any time

During the

submerged

an arrival

2. FWA, DWA apply 3. Between point of departure and sea 126. Load Line

(River Consumption)

.

Survey

Load Line

Survey (3)

1. Initial Survey == Before ship is put in service 2. Renewal Survey ==Not exceeding 5 years

Administration

Structure, Equipments, Syatem, 3. Annual Survey == 3 Month before (or) after each anniversary date (4) I. II.

Load Line calculation Fitting & Protection appliance (guard rail, freeing port, openings, crew access)

.

Maintained III.

Free board mark & Draft mark correct & permanent

IV.

.

127. Load Line certificate  Load Line requirement

survey & marked

 Administration (or) Class  Onboard . Conspicuous place  Record of condition of assignment

Certificate

frame & posted

Certificate .

Issue

128. Load Line certificate 1. Hull (or) Superstructure 2.

Administration (or) Class . Apprive

Suvey

3. Certificate Endose 4. Ship . Structure Strength 5. 6. Condition Assignment

comply Flag / Hull / Survey Endose

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

67 129. Load Line Convention . 1. 2. To provide adequate buoyancy 3. To provide crew 4. Ship has not been material altered 5. Every ship

Condition of Assignment

130.

Comply

Condition of Assignment I.

Hull adequate strength

II.

Freeboard Deck

Water Tight .

Weather Tight

III. IV.

Ship

Adequate Stability

V.

Ship

Adequate Motive Power

Water Tight == making (or) fastening (or) arranging water cannot get in (or) out Weather Tight ==any sea condition 131.

. Free board Free board

Typa A & Type B

Type A ==

only carry liquid cargo in bulk (Tanker)

Type B == Type A

other ship ship length

 

water will not penetrate in to ship

free board table

free board

correction

1. Correction to free board (100m ) 2. Correction for Cb block coeifficient (Cb = 0.68 3. Correction for Depth (D

L/15

factor f/b

) )

4. Correction for Position of Deck Line (actual depth to upper edge of Deck Line difference

f/b

+/-

/

-

)

5. Standard height of superstructure (see in table) 6. Correction for superstructure 7. Correction for sheer 8. Minimum bow height & reserve buoyancy

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

68 132. Minimum Free Board Assign . Purpose 1. Water Tight Integrity 2. Adequate Buoyancy 3. 4. Hull Adequate Strength 5. In All Loading

Sufficient Stability

6. Heavy Weather 7.

Danger

j

133. Ta

. Free board Permiability



. Free Board

134. Sub Division Load Line Load Line

  Owner 

design

Administration

approve

one or more additional load line

“ ”

135. Timber Load Line

Construction .

Load Line Convention, Reg 43 1. Forward

0.07L

construction .

Standard Height

H

.) Raised quarter deck

Water Tight Long Subdivision

3. Bulwark

136. Annex II

Poop (

)

2. Mid ship ½ length . DB Tank

1m freeing port

.

special stiffened upper edge

same height

strong bulwark )

Summer, Tropical

Summer == wind force 34 knots (Beaufort Scale 8) or more 10% Tropical == wind force 34 knots (Beaufort Scale 8) or more 1% Not more than (1) Tropical Storm in 10 years

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

69

137. Load Line Certificate Certificate .

“

Condition of Assignment

138.

. Port

”

Record of

-

Date and Place Of Initial Survey

-

Sketch of Side, Super Structure Deck, Free Board Deck

Load Line Survey

Prepare

 Record of Condition of Assignment

ၴ

.

Answer A:  Record of Condition of Assignment

Check List Tabulor Report

. (Door ways, Hatch ways, Freeing

  Load Line Stick Prepare  Load Line Marking

Life Buoy With Life Line, Stage, Pilot Ladder

Answer B: Load Line Survey  Grease

 Check

   

H

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

70 H



H

 

Load Line Stick

Stand By



Load Line Certificate



Load Line Marking

Ready Life Buoy With Life Line, Stage, Pilot Ladder

139. Load Line Stick International Load Line Certificate

Reference

140. How To Test Load Line? (1) Chalk Test (2) Hose Test (3)Pouring Test (4)Soap Test 141. BWM . Proper Name? What is include? Contents 

Article (22) , Annex (Section A, B, C, D, E), Appendix 1,2

142. Ballast Water Ship .

Control

.

143. Ballast Water Management Aquatic

Ballast Water and Sediments .

. (

.) .

MG PYAR GYI

.

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

71 144. Ballast Water Management Plan . Ballast Water Record Book Ballast Water Management Plan IMO

‘

Resolution MEPC 127 (53)

BWM

apply

Vessel

Plan

English, French, Spanish languae

Regulation B1

Ballast Water Management Plan

1. Vessel Specific

Ship Particular,

Information 2. Crew Responsibilities

Ballast Water Management Plan

. Position

) Designated Officer

Training

Familiarization 3. Record System

Report Form

Handling Log

4. Step to Minimum

Sediment Removal, Routing Cleaning at Sea or Dock

Ballast Problem 5. Safety Consideration

Limit, Avoid, Contingency Plan, Criteria

6. Exchange Process

Tank

Method .

/

Method .

/

Pump .

/ 7. Reporting

Owner, Charter, PSC, Quarintene Form

8. Inspection

Sample

Access (Sediment

.), Implementation

Ballast Water Record Book  Regulation B-2 of this Annex Administration

Approve

 Record System

. Electronic System (or) Record Book

 Ballast Water Record keep

Ballast Water Record Book Onboard

Retained

2 year after last entry record

Company 3 year after last entry record

Company keep .

  Each Entry

officer or officer in charge sign

 Inspection

Record

Page

Ballast Water Record Book

. onboard

. Master . Sign keep

 The ship is in Ballast Water Record Book Entry page  I. When Ballast Water is taken on board: 1. date, time and location port or facility of uptake (port or lat/long), depth if outside port 2. estimated volume of uptake in cubic metres 3. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

72 II.Whenever Ballast Water is circulated or treated for Ballast Water Management purposes: 1. date and time of operation 2. estimated volume circulated or treated (in cubic metres) 3. conducted in accordance with the Ballast Water Management plan 4. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

III. When ballast water is discharged into the sea: 1. date, time and location port or facility of discharge (port or lat/long) 2. estimated volume discharged in cubic metres plus remaining volume in cubic metres 3. whether approved Ballast Water Management plan had been implemented prior to discharge. 4. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

IV.When ballast water is discharged to a reception facility: 1. date, time, and location of uptake 2. date, time, and location of discharge 3. port or facility 4. estimated volume discharged or taken up, in cubic metres 5. whether approved Ballast Water Management plan had been implemented prior to discharge 6. signature of officer in charge of the operation

V. Accidental or other exceptional uptake or discharges of Ballast Water: 1. date and time of occurrence 2. port or position of the ship at time of occurrence 3. estimated volume of Ballast Water discharged 4. circumstances of uptake, discharge, escape or loss, the reason therefore and general remarks. 5. whether approved Ballast Water Management Plan had been implemented prior to discharge 6. signature of officer in charge of the operation

VI. Additional operational procedure and general remarks:

Record of ballast water management actions Sample Ballast Water Record Book page Name of ship: … … … … … … … … … … . Registration number: … … … … … … ...

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

73 145. Ballast Water

Apply / Not Apply

Apply . Flag



Operate

 Apply

(6)

 Not Carry Ballast Water (eg. Passenger Ship) .



Operate . Ship



Operate Vessel

(eg. Myanmar Flag

Operate

Vessel

)

 . Under Juridiction .



. . High Sea

Operate

 Permanent Ballast Water in sealed Tank on Ship 146. PSC

Ballast Water . /



 Ballast Water Record Book  Ship Ballast Water (

Sample

detainable

.

Ballast Water

.

)

147. Ballast Water Capacity  Ballast Water 148. Regulation D1

Onboard Ballast Water

Tank, Space, Compartment

.

Exchange

1. 200 Nm from Nearest Land and 200m in Depth 2. If unable 200 Nm, 50 Nm from Nearest Land and 200m in Depth 3.

.

4. No. (1) or (2) 5. Master

Exchange . Intended Voyage

Port State Deviate

Safety (or) Stability of the Ship, Crew (or) Passengers

ၴ

. Reasonable

decide 149. Ballast Water Management

Standard

Standard (5) 

Regulation D1== Ballast Water Exchange Standard



Regulation D2== Ballast Water Performance Standard



Regulation D3== Approval Requirement For Ballast Water Management System



Regulation D4== Prototype Ballast Water Treatment Technologies



Regulation D5== Review Of Standard by The Organization

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

74 150. D1 . D2 Before 2009 Vess  Total Ballast Water Capacity 1500 Comply

.

5000 m3

D1 (or) D2

After 2014

D2

 Total Ballast Water Capacity 1500 m3 Until 2016

Comply

.

Until 2014

. 5000 m3

Vessel

After 2016

D1 (or) D2

D2

In / After  Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3 Between 2009

D2

2012

 Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3 Comply

Comply

.

D1 (or) D2

After 2016

Until 2016

D2

In / After 2012  Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3

151.

Ballast Water Certificate

D2

.

(floating platform

Comply

Survey )

Ballast Water Management Certificate

Survey (4) Initial Survey, Renewal Survey, Intermediate Survey, Annual Survey 152. Ballast Water Port State 1. H 2. Near Seawage Out Falls ( 3.

MG PYAR GYI

) .

.

)

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

75 153. Ballast Water Exchange Method Sequential Method , Flow Through Method and Dilution Method (1) Sequential Method 

Ballast Tank

Empty

95% Volume

Method

Sequential Method Advantage (1) 95 %

Disadvantage

exchange

(2)

(1 . Chance

(Over Flow

. Pressure Up

)

၍)

(2

)

(3 (2) Flow Through Method 

Pump

Tank Volume

(3)Dilution Method 

Pump

Flow Through Method

Dilution Mathod

Pump Through Method

Pump Through Method Advantage

Disadvantage

(1) No Sloshing Damage

(1) Longer Time (Tk Vol .)

(2

.)

(3) Stability Not Change (4)

(2) Over Pressure (3) Deck Maintenance

weather condition

154. Ballast Water Exchange    

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

76 155. Ballast Water Exchange

.

Sequential method  Approve loading manual

hull girder

permissible sea going strength  Approved trim and stability booklet

adequate intact stability

maintain

 Adequate draft & trim 

bridge visibility

 propeller immersion to prevent temporary loss of manoeuvrability and/or ability to

make headway 

draft forward to prevent slamming damage to ship bottom forward topside and hopper side tanks



(as a result of a full ballast hold with empty adjacent wing tanks)  Flow through method  A

safety hazard to crew working on deck

(stability may be negligible) Dilution method  B

under-pressurisation or

over-pressurisation damage of ballast water tanks

156. Antifouling Covention

Cerificate

 International Convention On The Control Of Harmful Anti Fouling Systems On Ships 2001 Tributyltin or TBTs Sea

sex change .

. TBTs

Ship Bottom

st

1 Jan 2008  AFS . Flag . Service  AFS

International Voyage

400 GT & Above V

International Antifouling System Certificate Certifcate  24 m

Issue International Antifouling System Certificate Certificate (2)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

77 157. What is the UNCLOS ? UNCLOS UNCLOS means The

International Law 16th November 1994

Of The Sea (1) Internal Waters

Base Line

Land Ward Side

(2) Territorial Sea (3) Archipelagic Waters

. Outer Most Point Inside of the BaseLine

(4) Contiguous Zone

Base Line

are designated Archipelagic Waters

24 nautical miles

. (5) Fisheries Limits

Contigous Zone

Area

UNCLOS

Fisheries Limit

12 Nautical Miles From Costal State Fisheries Zone (IFZ)

Contential Shelf

Inshore

200 Nautical Miles from Costal State

Fisheries Zone (EFZ) (6) Continental Shelf

Base Line

Extended

recognized

Beyound 200 Nautical Miels

350 Nautical Miles

Extend

Resource Zone

(but not a security zone) Resource Installation Structure

Custom, Immigration and

Sanitory . (7) Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ)

Base Line High Sea

200 Nautical Miles .

.

EEZ

(Free To Navigation) . Safety

Zone

Costal State

158. What is Base Line?  According to Article 5 of UNCLOS, coast as marked on large-

MG PYAR GYI

“

-water line along the ”.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

78 159. CSS Code  SOLAS Chapter VI & VII 

On Deck & Under Deck

 General Principle

.

1. Ship

Stowage & Securing

Risk

Stowage & Securing

2. Cargo Stowage & Securing

Crews and Officer

Qualikied &

Experienced Person 3. Stowage & Securing Plan

Plan

4. Voyage

Propely Monitor

Weather Condition

Stowage

&  Contents

Chapter 1 to 7 . Annex 13

Chapter (1) == Crteria for estimating the risk of cargo shift 1. Dimensional & Physical Properties 2. Location & Stowage 3. Sutability of Ship / Securing Arrangement 4. Seasonal Weather / Geographical Area of Voyage 5. Stability / Duration of Voyage Chapter (2) ==Principle of safe stowage and securing cargo Principle Stowage and Securing 1. Sutability of cargo for transport 2. Cargo Distribution and securing arrangement 3. Residual Strength after wear and tear 4. Friction forces 5. Shipboard supervision and inspection Chapter (3) & (4) ==Standardised & Semi Standardised Cargoes stowage and securing Chapter (5) == Non Standardised Cargoes stowage and securing Non Standardised Cargoes include such as: 1. Containers on non-cellular ships 2. Portable tanks & receptacles 3. Special wheel based cargoes 4. Heavy cargoes 5. Colled sheet steel 6. Heavy metal products 7. Anchor chains 8. Scrap metal in bulk 9. Flexible intermediate bulk containers 10. Log in under deck stow MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

79 Chapter (6) == Action to be taken in heavy weather & give advice 1. Alteration of course or speed 2. Heaving to 3. Early avoidance of areas of adverse weather 4. 5. Voyage planning to avoid areas of severe weather and sea condition Chapter (7) == Action that may be taken onces cargo has shifted 1. Alteration of course 2. Reduction speed 3. Monitoring intergrity of the ship 4. Restoring and resecuring cargo 5. Increasing the friction 6. Diversion of route or seeking the shelter

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

80 160.

Rule of Thumb Method

CSS Code Annex 13 Rule of Thumb Method  Cargo Unit

Each Side

. (

weight

cargo

lashing

each side

. MSL

Ton 40 Ton 40

. Breaking Strength



Cargo Unit 18 tonnes

%

Shackle,

Web lashing, Secure Strength

Breaking

50%

MSL value MSL Values

Side

Each

18 Tonnes

Total MSL Values

36 Tonnes

Total MSL 36 Tonnes Secur Strength

 Code Recommends

Transverse lashing angles to the deck

. Total Breaking 72 Tonnes

Not be grater than 60

 Uneven distribution of force among the devices or improper assembly of capability

Recommends Safety Factor

MSL

reduced

Calculated Strength

formula

CS =

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

81 161. Maximum Permissible Deck Load

.

 GA Plan . Cargo Securing Manual (CSM)

.

162. Cargo Securing Manual (CSM) SOLAS Chapter VI & VII အ Cargo

 CSS Code

Cargo Securing Manual

argo Ships

(Except < 500 tons and not International Voyage)

 Cargo Securing Manual (CSM)  Generally အ

assenger Ships အ

Vessel

Chapter 1 to 4

Chapter 1= Genaral Statement Dealing With Requirement Practise Good Seamanship, Requirement Maintainence All Securing Devices, Minimum Quantity Of Spare Part Chapter 2= Detail Specification Total Number & Location Of Fixed & Portable Securing Devices Chapter 3= Handling & Safety Instruction And Evaluation Of Force Acting On The Cargo Transport Chapter 4= Handling & Safety Stowage and Securing Instruction Container and Other Standarized Cargo, Ship Stowage Securing Plan, Permissible Deck Load, Stack Load, Height and Any Other Limitation  

Detail Number of Lashing & Securing Part



Cargo Space



Specific Weight Load Test, Safe Working Load (SWL)

Specified Distribution of Lashing …

 163. Tmber Deck Cargo TDC Code  Timber Deck Cargo

24m and more in length vessel

“

”

 TDC Code .

Timber on deck

IMO comply

vessel Code

Comply

published Recommedations on the

၍

Key Definitions  Timber means sawn wood or lumber, cants, logs, poles, pulpwood and all other type of timber in loose or packaged forms. The term does not include wood pulp or similar cargo.  Timber deck cargo means a cargo of timber carried on an uncovered part of a freeboard or superstructure deck.  Timber load line means a special load line assigned to ships complying with certain conditions related to their construction as set out in the International Convention on Load Lines. It is used when the cargo complies with the stowage and securing conditions of the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes.  Weather deck means the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea. MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

82 . Load Line Convention, Reg 43 .

Timber Load Line

apply

construction

.

1. Forward

0.07L

Standard Height

quarter deck

(less than

H

Poop (

.) Raised

)

2. Mid ship ½ length . DB Tank 3. Bulwark upper edge

1m Width and Height strong bulwark

freeing port

special stiffened

same height

e

)

Stability Criteria 

im er

dec

Criteria

. အ

Shifting

Ship damage or

. Timber Stability Crteria

apsi ing

အ

Stability

Timber Stability Crteria

1. The area under GZ curve should not be less than 0.08m-r up to an angle of heel of 40 degrees or angle of flooding (angle at which the lower edges of any openings in the hull, superstructures or deck houses, being openings which cannot be closed water tight are immersed) whichever is lower. 2. The righting lever GZ shall be at least 0.25m 3. After corrective initial metacentric height (GM) shall not be less than 0.1m at departure condition 4. At all times during a voyage the metacentric height GMo should be positive after correction for the free surface effects of liquid in tanks and, where appropriate, the absorption of water by the deck cargo and/or ice accretion on the exposed surfaces.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

83 Stability Requtrement

.

 Comprehensive stability information

(quickly obtain accurate guidance)

 Comprehensive rolling period table (or) diagrams stabilitycondition

(

tables or diagram

actual

verify

 Stability at all time allowance

(20% )

 Timber deck cargo

due to

Absorb water i.

Ice accretion

ii.

Variation in consumables

iii.

FSE of liquid in Tanks

iv.  Before proceed to sea (i)Ship

Master should be ensure (ii) Adequate GM

 Unexpected list

loading

 Merchant shipping load line requirement 98 and secured

(International Rule

. GM



initial GM

.

0.05 m

Code

stowed

GM not less than 0.1m)

Timber

Buoyancy

.

Ship . Reserve Buoyancy  Excessive stability (large GM) lashing .  GM

stress

3% of Breath

 Timber load line & securing provide

Load Line

Requirement of code

lashing

L.L Conv

Stowage Consideration Prior To Loading  “

”

prior to loading

Timber on weather deck 1. Timber Deck Cargo 2. Venilators

Are

Hatch Cover and Other Opening

efficiently protected . Eff

3. 4. Loading Port 5.

MG PYAR GYI

impeded

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

84 During Loading  During Loading before sailing Ingress of Water

. Structural Damage

 H

.

.

1. Adequate Visibilty 2. At all stage of voyages 3.

safe margin of stability

maintained

ship side

4.

Timber deck cargo

weather deck and hatches

5. Winter Zone

th 1/3

 Timber Load Line 1. Well (

apply

.) Superstructure well

2. After end

. . permissible deck load

. Length

superstructure

3. Guard rails, b

Obstruction

allowances

Athwartships condition

. As close as to ship side

any area of broken stowage 4.

Hatc

cargo

4% of the breath

standard height level

5. Winter Zone  All Stages Loading Process . Basic Principle Solid Stow Condition

Solid Stow (cargo

)

. Responsible Officer

Securing 

Every Lashing

Timber Deck Cargo

Pass Over

shackle  Every Lashing

tightening device or system provide

can safely and

efficiently operate ½ thread of screw length



During Voyage

. . Type



H

 Independent lashing (chain, wire) lashing space _ Height 4m and below _ Height above 4m

Spacing spacing

3m

1.5m

 Lashing Equipments _ Chain lashing, Wire lashing (On Deck Level) _ Hog Lashing, Wiggle Lashing (2 _ Hog lashing _ Wiggle lashing .

MG PYAR GYI

(Independent)

) => (i) foot wire (ii) wiggle wire (On Hatch Level) wire 2nd (or) 3rd floor

Upright (2) Jettison

.

independent

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

85  All lashing

Tested & record

_ As per recommendation of code  Lashing

Matser

examined and

All check and adjustment to lashing logbook



lashing plan all lashing

tightened

maintain

record

Proper weather routing

of bad weather

.

Jettison (

(Bad Weather

H

SOLAS Ch V

.) Incase nearest costal state

report

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

86 Walk way Not less than 1 m wide



Rail guard

Stanchion . 1.5m interval support

230mm height

380mm

During Voyage  Heeling Angle . Rolling Period hain

 Wedges (  Enclosed Space

အ

Check

and Sa

အ

Master (or) Responsible Officer

Well Ventilation

Atmosphere Test 164. General Cargo Ship

Timber Deck Cargo

 IMO Stability Crteria . Requirements For All Deck Cargoes IMO Stability Crteria  Area under GZ curve shall be not less than: I. II. III.

0.055 m-radians up to 30 degrees 0.09 m-radians up to 40 degrees (or)

DF

(lesser one)

0.03 m-radians between 30 degrees and 40 degrees (or)

DF

(lesser one)

 Maximum GZ at angle not less than 30 degrees & at least 0.20 meters  GM shall not be less than 0.15M. Requirements For All Deck Cargoes 1.

H

2. All Stage Of Voyage 

Wind Moment

Adequate Stability

Adequate Strength .

. Windage Area

 3. Water Tight Integrity 4. Cargo Height

Protection

Navigation

Inteference

5. Steering gear arrangements, Crew access to accommodation & working spaces 6. 7.

MG PYAR GYI

Obstruct

Sufficient, Suitable & Adequate Lashing 1m Wide, Stanchions 2.5 m & Guard Rail 1m

Fitted

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

87 165. What is the reverse buoyancy?

 Volume of enclosed space above water line. May be express as volume (or) percentage (%) of total volume of vessel. 166. Actual Stability Condition

shore



figure

weight H/T

H/T .

(

constant )

=>

weight

actual rolling period test

(4) .

GM

length . 3

(1H/T) . Stability GM Calculate GM

Observe GM (Turbulated GM) Rolling Period

Weight

x

KG

_

x

_

=

_

_

x

_

=

_

-

_

x

_

=

_

-

________

Rolling period

______

= Moment

_________

-

-

-

GM

Breath - -

- Brown Nautical Alm

-

general . Loading manual

.

.

Final KG = Final Moment Final Displacement Final GM = KM – Final KG =

(

)

H/T = Hoppus Ton One hoppus ton=1.2727 cubic ton =50 hoppus feet =63.66 cubic feet = 1.8027 cubic meters.

167. What is the Rolling period?

Rolling Period Test

Why?

Rolling period 

Rolling period



Vessel Rolling

Ship . Stiff & Tender

Stiff -

Rolling Period Too Short (about 8 sec)

-

Large GM & Large GZ

-

.

.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

88 Tender -

Rolling Period Too Long (about 25 to 35 sec)

-

Large GM & Large GZ

-

Synchronizen

-

Racking Stress

Cargo Shift

Rolling Period Test operation .

. Stability

cargo

) Gangway size

cargo

(about 20 tons)

(4) About 20 tons weight

Stop Watch

(quarter roll

. ) (5) 4 / 5

mean

(6) Quarter Roll

4

complete roll period

(7) Preferable rolling period 20 – 25 sec

168. Grain Cargo Grain

“ ”

Nature of Grain  Grain

Bulk

.

loading

Grain

above the grain

surface  Ship rolling at sea Stability  Grain

SOLAS Ch VI Part C Carriage of grain

apply

Grain Code Grain



Vessels

the Safe Carriage Of Grain

IMO ”

published

“

apply

 . Flag State  Grain Code

Code

Comply

(3)

o

Part (A) => Stowage of grain and use of grain fitting

o

Part (B) => Calculation of Heeling Moment

o

MG PYAR GYI

=

special requirement . Guidance “

”

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

89 

Grain

SOLAS Ch VI Part (C) Carriage of grain

apply

SOLAS Ch VI

Reg 9 o

Grain

International Grain Code

Code .

Document of Authorization (DOA) o

DOA

Grain

IGC . Requirement

Master

. Requirement .

Loading Port . Administration

Proposed Loaded Condition

IG Code

Demonstrate

.  International Grain Code Requirement Administration

Vessel

Loading Manual

Flag State Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA)

Grain

Issue

 Grain Loading Manual 1.

Ship particular

2.

Light ship displacement

3.

Capacities & Centres of Gravity

4.

Table of liquid free surface correction

5.

Curve or table of angle of flooding where less than 40

6. Curve or table of hydrostatic properities, suitable for range of operating draughts 7. Approved tables or curves of volumes, vertical centres volume & assumed Volumetric Heeling Moment (V.H.M) for every compartment 8. Approved tables or curves of maximum permissible heeling moment (M.P.M) for varying displacements and varying vertical centre of gravity 9. Loading instruction 10. A worked example, for the guidance of the Master 11. Loaded Departure & Arrival for (3) representative stowage factor (S.F) Stability Requirement for Ship With Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA  Vessel

Intended Voyage

before departure

heeling effect

) adverse

adequate residual dynamic stability

.

efficient intact stability  Full Compartment

15 (or) Partially Fill Compartment

Maximum List

25

12

 Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or) angle of flooding if less than 40

DF

( whichever is least)

 After Free Surface Correction

Initial GM

0.075 m-radians

0.3 m

 Many Compartment 

MG PYAR GYI

Trimmed Level

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

90 Stability Requirement for Ship Without Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA

)

 Total weight of grain  Master

Loading Port . Administration

Loaded Condition

IG Code . Requirement .

Proposed

Demonstrate trim level

 maximum depth 2.4m)

centre line division fitted

(full length and to

Saucering

(except in case of

line seed or other such seeds)  Partially Fill Compartment

trim level

 After Free Surface Correction

Initial GM

accordance with the code

Securing

0.3 m

Securing Methods Grain Securing Methods

.

1. Longitudinal shifting board ( Filled & Partly) 2.

Saucering (Filled)

3.

Bundling (Filled)

4. Over stowing (Partly Filled) 5. Strap And Lash (Partly Filled)

(1) Longitudinal shifting board ( Filled & Partly)  Filled Compartment Grain

LSB

under side of the deck or hatch cover

Below the surface of the

at least 1/8 of the breath compartment (or)

 Partly filled compartment

LSB

downwards

Both above and below the level of grain

depth of LSB

(2)Saucering Method (Filled)  H

Bagged j

MG PYAR GYI

. Tight

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

91 (3)Bundling Method (Filled)  H

Not more . inside the saucer formed

24mm x 150

Dunnage of not less than

over

Grain (or) Suitable

(4)Over Stowing Method (Partly Filled) separation cloth (gunny sack) or wooden



1/16th

H the maximum breadth of the free grain surface or

(5)Strap and Lash Method (Partly Filled) joints

  Lumber board (at least 25mm x 150mm to 300mm)

MG PYAR GYI

2nd

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

92 Triming Method Triming Method (3) (1) Mechanical Trimming (2) Manual Trimming (3) Trimming Hole Method (Old Vessel Only) Prior to Loading  Surveyours

prior to loading

.

. Cargo hold

Survey

All cargo holds

previous cargo residues  Cargo Hold

Cargo thoroughly washed, dried and

removed

Insect

fumigated

Fumigated

“

”

“

”

169. Document of Authorization (DOA)  DOA

Grain Intact Residual Stability Criteria .

Booklet

apply

Administration (

.) Authorized Approval

Approval

Document of Authorization (DOA) Certificate

170. Document of Authorization (DOA)  DOA

Grain

Grain

Requirement .

Master

Grain Stability

. Loading Port . Administration

Proposed Loaded Condition

 Ship build after 1994

Simplified stability data

IG Code .

Demonstrate

.

provide

The Maximum

Permissible VHM ( Vertical Heeling Moment) for requirement displacement and KGv value

Displacement

Simplified Table

6.0

6.5

7.0

7.5

12000

2950

13000

3100

14000

3290

KGv ( KG + FSE)

15000 Max Permissible VHM KGV

7.5

. Displacement 14000

3290

Volumetric Heeling Moment Table Hold

FULL

SLACK

1

325

740

2

420

800

3

500

865

4

570

900

* Full load slope 15 Assume VHM

Table

* VHM

VHM Correction 1.12

Amount

Max Permissible VHM .

* VHM Correction ‘

MG PYAR GYI

Slack slope 25

Slack Hold

. Horizontal sh

‘

Vertical

Correct

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

93 171. Grain

Stability Requirement

(Grain Intact Stability Criteria)

Requirement (6) 1.

<

2. GM not less than 0.3 m (after F.S.E correction) 3. Max list not greater than 12 ( Shift of Cargo => Full 15 / Partly 25 ) 4. Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or)

DF

( whichever

is least) not less than 0.075 m-radians 5.

full as possible

6. Vessel

Intended Voyage

Trimmed level

before departure

effect

adverse heeling

adequate residual dynamic stability

.

efficient

intact stability 172. Grain (1)Propose Cargo Plan (2) GM (3) GZ Curve

Residual Area

(4) List (1)Propose Cargo Plan

== (i) Stability Criteria (ii) Grain Stability Booklet (iii) Loading Manual comply

(2) GM

== (0.3 m

(3) GZ Curve

.

)

== GZ = GM Sin (Up to 15 ) GZ = ( GM + ½ BM x tan2 ) Sin (Over 15 )

 GZ

Righting Arm Curve

 Heeling Arm Curve

λ40

λ = Total VHM S.F x A λ

= λ

x 0.8

λ

.

(

Cos 40 = 0.8)

 Righting Arm Curve . Heeling Arm Curve Residual Area

Simpson Rule

GZ Curve (Area

Angle Heel 40

0.075 m- radium

. )

(4)List Tan =

THM

( tan

= GG1

HM = GG1 )

GM

G.M (List 12

MG PYAR GYI

=

.

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

94 173. VHM Volumetric Heeling Moment, use a basics for grain stability calculation,  Grain stowage factor varies from 0.8 to 1.6 m3/ton H



Grain Heeling moment

weight .

Volume . . Hatch

 VHM W2

VHM

Full load

Assumed 15 (slope) . W1

V2

d

V1 Constant

. Volume

constant

200m3

Assumed Slope 15 V1 1000 m

V2 3

1200m3

VHM = Vol x d m4

= 200 x d =

174. Grain criteria  VHM

(

λ

) Residual area

Heel

Slack Hole

VHM  Cargo Plan

D.W Slack hole

Displacement

FSE

Smallest Hole

  Temporary Arrangement Grain shift

VHM

prevent

stability Oil seed

Temporary Arrangement

Longitudinal shifting board 175. Longitudinal shifting board Grain



Fitted

Thickness 60mm  Filled Compartment

LSB

under side of the deck or hatch cover

Below the surface of the

Grain  Partly filled compartment

MG PYAR GYI

LSB

Both above and below the level of grain

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

95 176. Cargo Plan Cargo Plan 

Name of the Vessel



Voyage Number



Loading port(s)



Draught Forward and Aft



Name of the Master



Schemattic (

) of the vessel showing:

 Location of cargo for different port  Cargo quantities  Location of any dangerous or special cargo

177. Cargo plan

. Shipper

(1) General description of cargo, the gross mass of the cargoor cargo units and any revelevant special properties of the cargo information of cargo stowage factor, trimming procedure, likelihood of shifting (including angle of repose) . If applicable any other relevant special properties. Moiture Content Cargo and Transportabl Moiture Limt (TML)

form of cargo certificate.

(3) (4) Shipper

Master should be ensure that:

1. Different Cargo 2. 3. Intended voyage

MG PYAR GYI

separate cargo expected condition

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

96 178. Booking List

Cargo Plan

 Booking List

Cargo Propose Plan

Carrying Capacity)  DWCC

. DWCC (Dead Weight

check

Displ

Light Ship

FW, BW, Store, Constant)

Dead Weight

. DWCC

check

Total Volume Check

Capacity of Each Hold . Total Capacity

No.1 =

Dead Weight

(Fuel,

DWCC

 Cargo total weight . Distribution

. Cargo Amount .

No.1 Vol

. Ratio

Cargo

cargo

x 20000 tons (Normal Trim)

Total Capacity ? Vol = Wt x SF port sequence



Port Sequence

1. Port Rotation 2. Port Speed 3. Stresses By Loading 4. Stability 5. List And Trim 1.Port Rotation . Loading and Discharging Sequence (



cargo

/

)

Haych Way (or) Under Coaming



 On Top (or) Bottom  Wing Out (or) Mid Ship

Port Rotation

2.Port Speed 

Port

(which may increase port dues and allied

cost) 

Compartment

Maximum Gangs . Various H

cargo

distribution  

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

97 3. Stress By Loading 

Each Hold Capacity Ratio

cargo



General practice: 60% of weight amidships and 40% at ends (or) 35% in tween deck and 65% in lower hold. (၆ Hogging (



(

.) Sagging

.) ၅

၆၅

)

check

. Longitudinal moment (Bending Moment and Sheering Stress)



check

Local Stress ( Excessive or heavy weight,



4. Stability  Voyage

Maintain

 Neither too stiff nor Tender (15 s to 25 s / favourable 20s)  Synchronism possibility

minimize

 Slack Tanks and Weather Condition  Metacentric Height (bottom weight

upper stowage weight

)

5. List and Trim 

During or Final Loading



Port Rot



Trim

corrected

Trim

List and Trim By the Head

Even Keel



Ship manoeuvring and turning ability

%

 Proposed Plan Proposed Plan

Master

ter advice

Approval

Loading (or) Discharging

Perfect Cargo Daily And Final Cargo Plan

Updated

Daily Plan 1. Talley Sheet

daily

base 2. Cargo loading (or) Discharging rate 3. Amount of Cargo

(ETD

)

4. Remaining Cargo and Space 5. Updated Cargo Plan

In case of emergency

Final Plan 1. Daily Plan 2. Amount of Cargo / Volume of Cargo 3. Location of each cargo . Distribution 4. Difference Cargo 5. Discharge Port MG PYAR GYI

Colour . .

cargo operation

. JUST REFERENCE ONLY

98 179. Bulk Carrier Loading Plan

(SE Pg203 Q.5)

 Company Recommendation

Loading Plan

Vessel

stress  Proposed Caego Operation

Loading and Deballasting

 Lodicator (computerized loading data) Lodicator

Loading Sequence

Loading Period

Shear Forces

GM, Bending Moment,

.

180. Cargo 10000 tons  Summer Draft

Summer Displacement

Dead Weight

Summer Displacement

Dead Weight

Light Ship Displacement

(FW, FO, BW, Constant)

.

DWCC (Dead Weight Cargo Capacity) 

DWCC

Cargo 10000 tons



Weight

Stowage Factor

Volume

. Total Cargo Holds Volume . Cargo Total Volume



 Cargo . Distribution

Check

Weight Check => No. 1Hold

x 10000 T (No. 1

TTL Cargo Hold

weight)

181. Grain Cargo Plan Deductible Weight

M.V DORTE OLDENDORFF Ship Particular Length Over All (LOA) 157.600 m Legth B/W Perpendicular (LBP) 148.000 m Breath (B) 25.000 m Depth (D) 12.700 m Summer Draft (SD) 9.109 m Summer Dead Weight (DWT) 27254 MT Light Ship (LS) 5195.000 MT Constant 150.000 MT Fore Distance To Perpendicular(Fd) 1.990 m After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad) 6.100 m Mid Distance To Perpendicular (Md) 0.000 m

MG PYAR GYI

Fresh Water

34.68MT

Fresh Water

34.68MT

Aft Peak Tank FW

58.5MT

FO 1

362MT

FO 2

362MT

FO 3

100MT

DO1

100MT

DO 2

57MT

Total Deduct

1108.86MT

Provision

6 MT

Stowage Factor

1.24

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

99 Data

Dead Weight Cargo Capacity (DWCC)

Summer to Summer

Grain End Trimmed .

.

DWCC = Summer Displacement – (Light Ship + Constant + Provision + Total Deductible Weight) DWCC =27254 MT – (5195 MT + 150 MT + 6MT + 1108.86MT) = 20794.14 MT H Require Weight For No.1 =(No.1 Cargo Hold Volume Require Weight For No.1 = (6124.58

Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC

28610.42) x 20794.14

= 4451.363MT Require Volume For No.1 = Require Weight For No.1 x Stowage Factor = 4451.363x 1.24 =5519.691 m3 Cargo Hold No.1 Volume (6124.58m3) > Require Volume For No.1 (5519.691 m3) Require Weight For No.2 =(No.2 Cargo Hold Volume Require Weight For No.2 = (7686.16

(

)

Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC

28610.42) x 20794.14

= 5586.324 MT Require Volume For No.2 = Require Weight For No.2 x Stowage Factor = 5586.324 x 1.24 = 6927.042 m3 Cargo Hold No.2 Volume (7686.16m3) > Require Volume For No.2 (6927.042m3) Require Weight For No.3 =(No.3 Cargo Hold Volume Require Weight For No.3 = (7700.40

(

)

Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC

28610.42) x 20794.14

= 5596.674 MT Require Volume For No.3 = Require Weight For No.3 x Stowage Factor = 5596.674 x 1.24 = 6939.876m3 Cargo Hold No.3 Volume (7700.40m3) > Require Volume For No.3 (6939.876m3) Require Weight For No.4 =(No.3 Cargo Hold Volume Require Weight For No.4 = (7099.28

(

)

Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC

28610.42) x 20794.14

= 5159.778MT Require Volume For No.4 = Require Weight For No.3 x Stowage Factor = 5159.778 x 1.24 = 6398.125m3 Cargo Hold No.4 Volume (7099.28 m3) > Require Volume For No.4 (6398.125m3) MG PYAR GYI

(

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

100 Estimate Cargo to Load No. 1 Cargo Hold

4451.363MT

No. 2 Cargo Hold

5586.324 MT

No. 3 Cargo Hold

5596.674 MT

No. 3 Cargo Hold

5159.778MT

DWCC

H . . Cargo

H

Stability Booklet

.VCG (Vertical Centre of Gravity Above the Base Line), LCG (Centre of Gravity from Aft Perpendicular) FSM Stability Booklet

Data

V-MOM = VCG x Weight

L-MOM = LCG x Weight Weight (t)

VCG (m)

V-MOM (tm)

LCG (m)

L-MOM (tm)

Hold No. 1

4451

7.12

31691.12

123.58

550054.58

Hold No. 2

5586

7

39102

95.7

534580.2

Hold No.3

5597

6.97

39011.09

66.11

370017.67

Hold No. 4

5160

7.2

37152

37.22

192055.2

Fresh Water

34.68

11.67

404.7156

2.93

101.6124

0

Fresh Water

34.68

11.67

404.7156

2.93

101.6124

0

Aft Peak Tank FW

58.5

4.505

263.5425

1.54

90.09

837

FO 1

362

0.77

278.74

95.3

34498.6

0

FO 2

362

0.77

278.74

65.7

23783.4

0

FO 3

100

0.77

77

38.83

3883

0

DO1

100

0.77

77

38.83

3883

0

DO 2

57

0.91

51.87

17.79

1014.03

0

Provision

6

14.5

87

14

84

0

Constant

150

7.2

1080

19

2850

0

22058.86 Light Ship Total Total FSM

5195 27253.86

149959.53 9.38

48729.1 198688.63 837

FSM (tm)

1716997 67.38

350039.1 2067036.1

837

Total Displacement 27253.86 MT Total V-MOM

198688.63

Total FSM

837

Total L-MOM

MG PYAR GYI

2067036.1

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

101 Total Displacement, Total V-MOM, Total FSM, Total L-MOM KG (Actual VCG), GM fluid (Actual GM)

LCG,

.

KG (Actual VCG) KG (Actual VCG) = (Total V-MOM + Total FSM) / Total Displacement = (198688.63 + 837) / 27253.86 = 7.32 m GM fluid (Actual GM) GMfluid (Actual GM) = KM – KG (Actual VCG)

= 10.21 -7.32 = 2.889 m LCG LCG = Total L-MOM / Total Displacement = 2067036.1 / 27253.86 =75.84 m Total Displacement

. Stability Booklet

Draft, LCB, LCF, MCTC

. Interpollution Total Displacement 27253.86 MT

From Hydrostatics Table Displ

Draft

LCB

LCF

MCTC

27222.88

9.1

76.7

72.29

32250.65

27288.62

9.12

76.69

72.26

32302.96

65.74 0.02 Interpollution

-0.01

-0.03

52.31

Displ Draft LCB LCF MCTC 27222.88 9.1 76.7 72.29 32250.65 27253.86 9.11 76.70 72.28 32226.00 30.98 0.00943 0.0047125 0.014138 24.65111

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

102 Total Displacement . Hydrostatic Table Perpendicular)

Draft, LCB, LCF

Lpp (Length Between

Stability Booklet

To Find Actual Trim Actual Trim = ((LCB - LCG) xTotal Displ) / MCTC = ((76.7 -75.84) x 27253.86) / 32226.00 = 0.73 m To Find Draught At FP(mld) , Draught At AP (mld) and Draught At Lpp/2 (mld) Mean Draft 9.11m Draught At AP (mld) = MD + ((Trim x LCF) /Lpp) = 9.11 + ((0.73 x 72.28) / 148) = 9.47 m Draught At FP (mld) = Draught At AP - Trim = 9.47 – 0.73 = 8.74 m Draught At Lpp/2 (mld) = (Draught At AP+ Draught At FP) / 2 = ( 9.47 + 8.74 ) / 2 = 9.105 m Draft At Marks Aft

Draft At Marks Forward

Keel Plate Thinkness, Fore Distance To

Perpendicular(Fd), After Distance To Perpendicular

Keel Plate Thickness

0.02m

Fore Distance To Perpendicular (Fd)

1.99m

After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad)

6.11m

To Find Draft Mark Aft and Draft Mark Forward Draft Mark Aft = (Keel Plate Thickness + Draft At Ap) – ( (Trim x After Distance To Perpendicular) / Lpp) = ( 0.02 + 9.47 ) – ((0.73 x 6.11) / 148) = 9.46 m Draft Mark Forward = (Keel Plate Thickness + Draft At Fp) + ( (Trim x Fore Distance To Perpendicular) / Lpp)

= (0.02 + 8.74 ) + ((0.73 x 1.99) / 148) = 8.75m

MG PYAR GYI

Lpp

148

Mean Draught

9.11

Draught At AP (mld)=MD+((Trim)*(LCF)/Lpp)

9.46

Draught At FP(mld)=Draught At AP - Trim

8.74

Draught At Lpp/2 (mld)= Draught At AP+ Draught At FP/2

9.10

Plate Thickness

0.02

Fore Distance To Perpendicular (Fd)

1.99

After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad)

6.1

Draft Mark Aft

9.46

Draft Mark Forward

8.77

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

103 LCG

75.84

Require Draft

Cargo Hold

LCF

71.92

.

LCB

76.70

Change of Trim = ( w x d ) / (MCTC tm /m)

MCTC

32226

Remark => MCTC

KM

10.21

=

. Cargo Amount

KG(Actual VCG)

7.32

=

. Cargo Hold

GM= KM -KG

2.889

Trim=(LCB-LCG)*Total Displ/MCTC

0.73

.

Formula cm

MCTC x 100 . LCG

MCTC = Require Mean Draft . Stability Booklet

According To Intact Stability

Actual KG

Stability Booklet

Maximum KGc ၍ Actual KG

Maximum KGc

According To Intact Stability

. Stability

Sufficient ၍ Actual KG Max KGc

Maximum KGc

Stability Booklet

According To Intact Stability

. Stability

Table of Allowable Heeling Moment

KGc max (9.885m) > Actual KG 7.32m ( So, The Stability of the Ship is Sufficient According To Intact Stability) GRAIN STABILITY CALCULATION “

H

”

Cargo Hold

. Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 ) Moment at Partly Filled Compartment

Table of Volumetric Transverse Shifting

Tanks

Cargo Volume

Interpollution Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 ) For No.1 Cargo Hold Volume of Cargo at Hold No.1 = 5519.691 m3

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

104 Volume Height XG (m) ZG(m) TSM (m4) 5463.400 10.400 123.380 6.820 3750.810 5544.530 10.600 123.890 6.890 3423.770 81.130 0.200 0.510 0.070 -327.040

Volume Height XG(m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 5463.400 10.400 123.380 6.820 3750.810 5519.691 10.539 123.734 6.869 3523.898 56.291 0.138767 0.3538569 0.048569 -226.9125

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.2 = 6927.042 m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6852.640 10.400 95.740 6.630 5662.780 6955.410 10.600 95.730 6.700 5194.080 102.770 0.200 -0.010 0.070 -468.700

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6852.640 10.400 95.740 6.630 5662.780 6927.042 10.545 95.733 6.681 5323.457 74.402 0.144793 -0.00724 0.050678 -339.3229

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.3 = 6939.876m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6852.870 10.400 66.140 6.630 5696.790 6955.450 10.600 66.130 6.700 5188.160 102.580 0.200 -0.010 0.070 -508.630

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6852.870 10.400 66.140 6.630 5696.790 6939.876 10.570 66.132 6.689 5265.382 87.006 0.169635 -0.008482 0.059372 -431.4083

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.4 = 6398.125m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6382.100 10.600 37.460 6.890 4982.460 6479.480 10.800 37.440 6.970 4561.960 97.380 0.200 -0.020 0.080 -420.500

MG PYAR GYI

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) 6382.100 10.600 37.460 6.890 4982.460 6398.125 10.633 37.457 6.903 4913.262 16.025 0.032912 -0.003291 0.013165 -69.19812

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

105 Cargo Hold

Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 )

.

Hold

. Heeling Moment

Formula

Heeling Moment = ((TSM m4 ) x K) / Stowage Factor (SF) K for filled compartments =1.00

K for partly filled compartments = 1.12

Hold No.

TSM(m4)

“ ”

SF (m3/t)

Heel/mom (tm)

1

3523.898

1.12

1.24

3182.875613

2

5323.457

1.12

1.24

4808.283742

3

5265.382

1.12

1.24

4755.828903

4

4913.262

1.12

1.24

4437.785032

Total Heel-mom

Stowage Factor = 1.24

17184.773

Total Heeling Moment . 40

.

= Total Heel-mom / Total Displacement

x 0.8

= 0.504 m

Total Displacement

27253.86 MT

40

=0.631 m

=

17184.773

= Total Heel-mom / Total Weight

=17184.773 /27253.86

40

Total Heel-mom

LK 10 KN*sin( )

LK 12

=

x 0.8

LK 20 LK 30

LK 40

0.631 m 0.504 m

LK 50

LK 60

LK 75

1.786 2.144 3.578 5.048 6.285 7.114 7.567 7.674

KGc*sin ( GZ

)

0.64

0.77

1.32

1.72

1.98

1.93

1.64

0.911

Definitions of the various terms used in the carriage of goods, i.e. bale capacity, grain capacity, stowage factors, broken stowage, measurement cargoes, deadweight cargoes

i.

Bale capacity – cubic capacity of a space when the breadth is taken from the inside of the cargo battens, the depth from the wood ceiling to the underside of the deck beams and the length from the inside of the bulkhead stiffeners.

ii.

Grain capacity – cubic capacity of a space when the lengths, breadths and depths are taken right to the plating. An allowance is made for the volume occupied by frames and beams.

iii.

Stowage factors – the volume occupied by unit weight of cargo. Usually expressed as cubic meters per tonne. It does not take into account any space which may be lost due to broken stowage.

iv.

Broken stowage – it is the space between packages which remains unfilled. The percentage that has to be allowed varies with the type of cargo and with the shape of the hold. It is greatest when large cases have to be stowed in an end hold

v.

Measurement cargoes – cargo on which freight is usually charged on the volume occupied by the cargo and this cargo is usually light, bulky cargo stowing at more than 1.2m 3/tonne but may also be heavy castings of an awkward shape where a lot of space is occupied.

vi.

Deadweight cargoes – cargo on which freight is charged on its weight. Cargo stowing at less than 1.2m3/tonne is likely to be rated as deadweight cargoes.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

106 182. Cargo Hold Preparation  Next cargo

Hold Preparation

Preparation

1. Last Cargo . Nature & Conditions 2. Next Cargo . Requirement 3. Cargo Hold Preparation 4.  Next Cargo

Last Cargo

Good Sweep Down and Removal of

Last Cargo

Hold Preparation

Next Cargo

Last Cargo

Thorough Cleaning  Generally

Bulk Carrier

H

1. Sweeping down and Collect the previous cargo residue

cargo

hold

thoroughly remove 2. Dunnage 3. Normally

remove Hold Washing

wash

final Fresh water final wash

Hold wash 4. Bilges and Strum Box

cargo hold Properly clean

wash 5. Cargo hold

corrosion

disinfected (or) lime bilges

any damage

any damage

cover

thoroughly hold inspection

.

repair

6. Fix fire fighting equipments and hold

test & check test

test & check 7. 8. H

check

9. Mean of Acce 10.

check check & test

11. H

check

12. Charterers (or) Cargo owner .

Fumigations

Accordance with

“

”

“ 13.

MG PYAR GYI

” check

repair

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

107 183. Dunnage & Permmisible Deck Load  Dunnage

Cargo

Moisture, Contamination . Mechanical Damage Material

 Dunnage Cargo (

 

Venilation

Provide

 

H

Weight Distribution Dunnage



Void Space

 1. Floor Dunnage 2. Lateral Dunnage 3. Peramanent Collapsible Dunnage 4. Inter Layer Dunnage 5. Top Dunnage 1m2 Area

Permissible Deck Load

184. Ventilation

Deck

Strain

Ventilation Method

Weight

Ventilation

. Objective of Ventilation (1) Cargo or Ship Sweat . Taint ( (3) Cargo Hold

Dangerous Gas

(4) Cargo Hold

fresh air

Type of Ventilation

) .

.

.

(1)Natural ventilation (2)Mechanical or Forced ventilation. .

Method

(1)Dew Point Rule (2)Three Degree Rule

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

108 (1)Dew Point Rule .



cargo sweat (or) ship sweat

 cargo sweat

voyage

colder place

warmer place

cargo hold

.

.

.

cargo

dewpoint of the air inside the hold

lower than the dewpoint of the air outside the hold

 ship sweat

voyage cold ai

ventilation

warmer place

colder place

cargo hold

.

ship structure inside the hold

. .

dewpoint of the air higher than the dewpoint of the air outside the hold

ventilation

. Ventilate as long as outside DP < CH

Do not Ventilate Until CH temp > outside DP

temp

 Dew Point

.

)

.

lowest temperature situation  Dew Point temperature thermometer .

method wet and dry bulb temperatures

(Mariner Hand Book

dry and weld bulb note down

“

”

determine

figure

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

109 (2)Three Degree Rule  Cargo Loading a day

.

average cargo temperature

compare

out side air temperature several time

၍

 Three Degree Rule

during loading

cargo temperature

reading . Dry Bulb temperature of out side air



temperature at the time of loading

at least 3°C cooler than the average cargo

ventilation

. Dry Bulb temperature of out side air less than 3°C cooler than the average cargo



temperature at the time of loading

ventilation

Ventilate if C-O= >3o Cargo Hold Teperature 185. Cargo Hold

Due Point Temperature

 Whirling Psychrometer . ( It consists of two thermometers exposed side by side. One is an ordinary dry bulb thermometer and the other wet bulb thermometer whose bulb is surrounded by a piece of thin muslin kept moist with distilled water.)

186. Natural Ventilation

Type of Ventilation

Through Ventilation

Surface Ventilation

Through Ventilation  Leeward ventilator

wind side

away from the wind side

Windward ventilator (see fig)

 The direction used here is the apparent wind direction.  Through vemtolation system

greatest air flow rates

(eg. Rice Bags Cargo)

Surface Ventilation  Winward ventilator

wind side

Leeward ventilator

away

(see fig)  Surface ventilation

certain type of cargo

Surface ventilation system

(eg. Coal)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

110 187. Rice Cargo Loading Nature of Rice  Rice cargo

H

large amount of water contents

 Rice

objectionable smell (

 Rice cargo

Carbonic Acid

Adequate Ventilation

 Around & through the cargo

adequate ventilation clear

bulkheads and tanktop

.

အ

Ship’s side

Rice bag

Fore and aft position အ

Loading Procedure  Cargo hold

fix fire system

 Cargo hold

.

 Rice Cargo

iron

properly test & check

clean, dry water and condensation Cargo hold

Battern (or)

Bamboo Mat (or)

 Adjacent Space

Cargo Hold

. Cover

.

Bulkhead

Engine Room Cover

 Cargo Hold Tank Top direction

. Side

Lower Layer Dunnage

”

”

Athwartship

”

 Upper Layer Dunnage

”

”

”

”

direction ”

Fore & Aft

Bamboo Mat (or) Water Proof Paper

. Venilation channel & Hold Venilation  Adequate Ventilation

temporary ventilator

corner and centre of hatch way  Temporary ventilation channel

”

. Connect ”

”

”

”  Vertical temporary ventilation channel (6) (2)

each corner

 Four tier

centre hatch way

.

 After loading three tiers of bag and bag (not half bag) channel

(4)

five bags width

horizontal temporary ventilation

Fore and Aft direction

placed over the bag

five bags width Five tier

Athwartship direction MG PYAR GYI

five bags length JUST REFERENCE ONLY

111  H c  Back to Wind S  Mechanical Venilation

Stowage  Bagged Rice Cargo Stowage Method

Bag on Bag . Half Bag . Cross Tier Method

(3)  Bag on Bag Method  Half Bag Method 

Broken Stowage

Cross Tier Method

 After loading

collapsing or shifting

Deck Sweat

prevent

. Top of the Bag

Bamboo Mat (or) Water Proof

Cover

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

112 188. IMSBC Code

supplement (7)

1. BLU Code (Code of safe practice for safe loading & unloading of Bulk Carrier) 2. BLU Manual (Manual on loading & unloading of solid bulk cargoes for terminal representative ) 3. Uniform Method of Measurement of Density Cargoes 4. Lists of Solid Bulk Cargo for which a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system ineffective. (fixed gas fireBulk Cargoes List) 5. Recommendation for entering Enclosed Space onboard ship 6. Recommendation on the safe use of pesticide in ships applicable to fumigation of cargo hold 7. Contact name & address of the officers of designated national competent authorities responsible for the safe carriage of grain & solid bulk cargoes

189. IMSBC Code  SOLAS Ch VI & VII

IMSBC Code

1st Jan 2011

Solid bulk ca

apply  Contents

Section 1 to 13

190. IMSBC Code

Bulk cargo

Appendix 1 to 4 Group

Group (3)

Group A : cargoes which may liquefy if shipped at a moisture content in excess of their transportable moisture limit

Group B : cargoes which possess a chemical hazard which could give rise to a dangerous situation on a ship

Group C : consists of cargoes which are neither liable to liquefy (A) nor to possess chemical hazards (B) 191. Bulk Cargo Bulk Cargo

Ventilation Ventilation (4)

1. Continuous Ventilation (At all time operating) 2. Mechanical Ventilation (Power generated) 3. Natural Ventilation (Not power generated) 4. Surface Ventilation (Space above cargo)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

113 192. Bulk Cargo Hazard The main hazards of bulk cargoes are as follows: 1. Liquefaction 2. Cargo shift 3. Structural damage due to improper distribution 4. Chemical hazards 5. Other health hazards 193. Liquefaction  Moisture Content

bulk cargoes

viscous fluid state

 one side

another side

 Liquefy Cargo

IMSBC Code

moisture limit of cargo

. completely return the roll

Group A Cargo List

IMSBC Code

provide

Actual

transportable moisture limit (TML)

transportable moisture limit (TML)



194. Transportable Moisture Limit (TML) .



195. IMSBC Code

Group A

 Group A

during voyage .

Criteria (2)

1. Actual Moisture Content of Cargo

TML limit

2. Actual Moisture Content of Cargo

TML limit

constructed (or) fitted

MG PYAR GYI

bulk cargo

accept for loading specially

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

114 196.

“

”? acceptable limit



confine arrangement

permanent structural boundaries

Normal Vessel 197.

Special Constructed (or) Fitted Vessel

. TML

(i)

(Ashore)

Test (Recommended Test

Appendix 2

) Appendix 2

)

Onboard Test  0.5 to 1 liters capacity

cylindrical can (or) similar container

. Sample material

.  H 

sharply to strike strike

interval 1 (or) 2 sec

procedure

25

.

 loading accepted

Additional Laboratory Test

198. What is an Angle of repose? An angle of repose is defined as:  Angle of repose

the maximum slope angle of non-cohesive ( (i.e free flowing, granular material)

horizontal plane . Cone of such material

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

115 199.

. Risk of cargo shift

 Solid

-

stowed

correctly

Risk of cargo shifting

 Angle of repose

the maximum slope angle of non-cohesive ( (i.e free flowing, granular material)

horizontal plane . cone of such material

Angle of repose

 Cargoes with angle of repose less than 35

danger

Cargoes with

angle of repose higher than 35

lesser the

angle of repose the higher the danger of a cargo shift  Bulk Cargo

shiftng

angle of repose )

prevent

cargo hold

Trim level boundaries

 Special precautions are needed and for such cargoes, which will be similar in nature to grain, the

International Grain Code must be consulted and followed.

200. Angle of repose

determine

Method

(2) 1. Tilting Box Method => Grain size not greater than 10mm 2. Ship board test method => (Method

201. Solid Bulk Cargo Ship

. Procedure

. Appendix 2

-

alternative procedure . )

.

(i) Excessive loading rates of density cargo, drop into hold from height (BLU Code) (ii) Improper weight distribution of cargo (Alternate hold loading, Block hold loading) (iii) Uneven distribution of the cargo (S/F, B/M) sequence plan agree (iv) Excessive stability (Stiff =>GM

MG PYAR GYI

, Roll period

/ Tender => GM , Roll period

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

116 202. Bulk Cargo Distribution The more commonly adopted cargo distribution

(4) condition

1. Homogenous Hold Loading Condition 2. Alternate Hold Loading Condition 3. Block Hold Loading Condition 4. Part Hold Loading Condition 1. Homogenous Hold Loading Condition All cargo hold

cargo dsribution

Generally

. All Bulk Carr (sucah

as coal and grain) H

H

Homogenous Hold

Loading Condition

2. Alternate Hold Loading Condition Alternate

H

specially strength

High Density Cargo

cargo Alternative type of cargo distribution

Specially Strength

H

Centre of Gravity

Alternate hold loading

.

particular area of vessel

3. Block Hold Loading and Partly Loaded Condition  Two o

j

cargo

adjacent cargo hold

empty

Block Hold loading Condition Block Hold Loading



Loading Manual

MG PYAR GYI

Part

special request

describe

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

117  Part Loaded Condition

over-stressing of the hull structure Cargo

amount of cargo . Require sailing draught 

အ

အ

Part Loaded and Block Loading

i Ship’s Loading Manual

Part Loaded and Block Loading distribution

descri e

Loading Manual

အ

Ship’s Structure

describe

specified loading အ

approved

for carriage of cargo ii Each cargo hold and loc cargo holds argo eight limit iii

အ

function of ship’s mean draught

maximum

approved local loading criteria

art Loaded and loc Loading distri ution

hold

. satisfied

cargo weight, amount of cargo carried . draught limit ( specified by the local loading criteria) hull girder S

M

. Safe Working Sheering Force (SWSF) and Safe Working Bending Moment permissible limit အ

203.  Uneven distribution of the cargo

vessel

length

excessive shearing

force and ship structure

 racking stress

MG PYAR GYI

excessive stability

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

118 204.

H  Loading & Discharging

Cargo discharging cleaning ballasting



. Require stability



205. Bulk (chemical hazards) to package (DG) Segregation Table Bulk (chemical hazards) to Bulk (chemical hazard) Segregation Table Table (2) 206. DG

apply

Proper Shipping Name (PSN)

Bulk

Bulk cargo shipping name (BCSN) Individual schedules or Index

Capital Letter

IMDG Code

PSN

(IMSBC Code) BCSN

207. Bulk Cargo (Iron Ore) Loading  Prior to loading  Preloading plan

. Cargo hold cleaning

test

. Ballast / Deballast plan

 Stress factor effecting through the ship, Maximum angle of heel Present Cargo . Moisture Content  Loading

increase

Rate

) H



one- fourth

 Load Draft, Bending Moment, Shearing Stress Stowage Factor

MG PYAR GYI

(Loading

Iron Ore .

0.34 to 0.50

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

119 208. Liquefy Bulk Cargo

.

Liquefy

IMSBC Code

. Moisture content

(

Nickel Ore Cargo

more than TML

. Low Fire Risk

Cargo

Group A

Non-Combustible

)

- Before Loading 

TML Certificate . Moisture Content



TML result

Loading

Shipper

(6)

 Declaration of Moisture Result  Loading

Test

Loading

(7)

rain, s Lab

test

.

. Master

Test

inform

Cargo Document

Note

Down - During Loading  Wx precaution

(

.)

Hatch

H



. 5%



Trim

Ventilation

- During Voyage  Cargo Surface

Regular Check

 Cargo Surface

.

Shifting, Capsizing

Master

(

. Appropriate Action

.

Cargo

)

209. Draft Survey Purpose of Draft Survey  Drfat Survey Loading

Before Loading

Constant

After

Estimated Cargo Amount

(1)

Density Of Sea Water

Fore Draft Port (FP) Fore Draft Stb (FS) Fore Mean Draft (Fm)

10.790m 10.810m 10.800m

Fore Draft Port (FP) Fore Draft Stb (FS) Fore Mean Draft (Fm)

10.790m 10.810m 10.800m

Aft Draft Port (AP) Aft Draft Stb(AS) Aft Mean Draft (Am)

11.160m 11.190m 11.175m

(2) Apparent Trim (AT) =( Aft Mean Draft Am - Fore Mean Draft Fm)

0.375m

(3) Length Between Length Between Mark (LBM) = LBP -(Fore Distance To Perpendicular Fd + After Distance To Perpendicular Ad)

Length Between Mark (LBM) MG PYAR GYI

167.850m JUST REFERENCE ONLY

120 (4)

Fore Correction (Fc)

0.004m

Mid Correction (Mc)

0.000m

Aft Correction (Ac)

0.021m

(5) True Draft and True Trim  -

Fore Draft Corrected (Fcd) = Fore Mean Draft (Fm) + (+/-) Fore Correction (Fc) Fore Draft Corrected (Fcd)

10.796m

Mid Draft Corrected (Mcd) = Mid Mean Draft (Mm) + Mid Correction (Mc) Mid Draft Corrected (Mcd)

10.965m

Aft Draft Corrected (Acd) = Aft Mean Draft (Am) + (+/-)Aft Correction (Ac) Aft Draft Corrected (Acd)

11.196m

True Trim (TT) = Aft Draft Corrected - Fore Draft Corrected (For By the Stern) True Trim (TT)

MG PYAR GYI

0.400m

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

121 (6) Quarter Mean Draft (Final Draft)

Quarter Mean Draft (MMM)

10.973m

Fore and Aft Mean (FAm)

10.996m

Mean of Mean Draft (MM)

Quarter Mean Draft (MMM)

10.98058m

10.973m

H

Require Draft (Quarter Mean Draft (MMM))= 10.973 m From Hydrostatic Table Draft Displacement TPC LCF (m) (m) (MT) (MT) 10.970 54,266.86 54.210 1.180 10.980 54321.070 54.220 1.190 0.010 54.210 0.010 0.010

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

Interpollution Draft Displacement (m) (MT) 10.970 54,266.86 10.973 54,281.98 0.003 15.12090818 (

H

122 TPC (MT)

LCF (m)

54.210 1.180 54.213 1.183 0.002789 0.002789

Moment to Change Trim (MTC)

Quarter Mean Draft + 0.5

Quarter MeanDraft - 0.5 For Quarter Mean Draft +0.5 (MTC1) Draft(m) 11.470 11.480 0.010

MTC 709.910 710.060 0.150

MTC 1

Draft(m) 11.470 11.473 0.003

MTC 686.460 686.770 0.310

MTC 2 (9)

MTC 709.910 709.955 0.045

709.955

For Quarter Mean Draft -0.5 (MTC2)

Draft(m) 10.470 10.480 0.010

11.473

Draft(m) 10.470 10.473 0.003

10.473

MTC 686.460 686.546 0.086

686.546 MTC

MTC=MTC1 -MTC2

MTC

23.409

1st Trim Correction (FTc)

14.326 MT

(11)

2nd Trim Correction (STc)

MG PYAR GYI

1.046MT

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

123 (12) Displacement Corrected To Trim (DispT) = Displacement + (1st Trim Correction (FTc) + 2nd Trim Correction (STc)) Displacement Corrected To Trim (DispT)

54297.352MT

(13) Density Correction Actual Density (Aden) = Sample Sea Water Density = 1.021

Density Correction (Denc) -211.892 MT (14) Displ Corrected To Density (DispDenc) = Displ Corrected To Trim (DispT) +Density Correction (Denc) Displacement Corrected To Density (DispDenc)

54085.460MT

(15) Net Displacement (Ndisp) = Displacement Corrected To Density (DispDenc) – Total Deductible Weight Net Displacement (Ndisp)

(16)

52828.835MT

Estimated Cargo

Chief Officer Constant Declaration or Draft Survey Previous Port or the Ship completing to discharge her cargoes

Estimated Cargo Onboard (EstCOB) = Net Displacement (Ndisp) - (Light Ship + Constant) Estimated Cargo Onboard (EstCOB) 44728.835MT

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

124

Applicant Name Of Vessel Place/ Port of Description of Cargo

1.Forward Draft

2.After Ward Correction

M.V Ocean Ball JAKATA PORT BULK GRAIN Date & Time of Reading: Sea Condition Port Side Starboard Side Mean Correction Corrected Port Side Starboard Side Mean Correction Corrected

3.Fore and After Mean Draft 4.Mid Ship Draft

5. Mean of Mean 6.Quarter Mean Of Mean 7.Displacement 8.Trim Correction Initial Trim 0.400 TPC 54.213 LCF 1.183 MTC 686.546 LBP 179.000 Density 1.021 9.Displacement Corrected for Trim 10.Density Correction 11.Displacement Corrected For Density 12.Total Deduction Weight Ballast Fresh Water Fuel Oil Diesel Oil Other/ LO 13.Net Displacement 14.Total Cargo Discharging 15.Estimate Cargo Onboard MG PYAR GYI

Port Side Starboard Side Mean Correction Corrected

Arrival Light Ship Constant

7780.000 MT 320.000 MT

Intial Survey

Final Survey

Smooth 10.790 10.810 10.800 -0.004 10.796 11.160 11.190 11.175 0.021 11.196 10.996 10.900 11.030 10.965 0.000 10.965 10.981 10.973 54281.981

m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m MT

Final 1st Trim 2nd Trim

271.625 183.000 612.000 161.000 29.000

14.326 1.046

MT MT

54297.352 -211.8921 54085.460

MT MT MT

52828.835

MT

44728.835

MT

MT MT MT MT MT

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

125 210. BLU Code  BLU Code

“

”

 The Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers  Under Resolution A.862(20)

BLU Code and BLU Manual

 BLU Code

mandatory IMO code

IMSBC Code

BLU Manual

terminal operators,

representatives others who may be involved in training relevant personnel  Purpose

Responsible Persons

Safe Loading or Unloading

function

Safety Of Bulk Carrier 

Contents

Section 1 to 6 . Appendix 1 to 5

.

Section 1. Definitions; Section 2. Suitability of ships and terminals; Section 3. Procedures between ship and shore prio

;

Section 4. Procedures between ship and terminal prior to cargo handling; Section 5. Cargo loading and handling of ballast; Section 6. Unloading cargo and handling of ballast; Appendix 1. Recommended contents of port and terminal information books; Appendix 2. Loading or unloading plan; Appendix 3. Ship/shore safety checklist; Appendix 4. Guidelines for completing the ship/shore safety checklist; Appendix 5. Form for cargo information. 211. Bulk Coal Loading Nature of Coal Cargoes Coal cargoes

Hazard

1. They may emit flammable gasses 2. It has a tendency to self heat 3. Oxidation 4. Reaction with water 5. Liquefaction hazards (1)They may emit flammable gasses 

Nature of Coal cargoes

methane gas

. Coal cargo j 

Methane gas

Hatch coaming . Top of the j

Methane .Flammable Range

MG PYAR GYI

emit

.

leak 5% to 16%

source of ignition

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

126 

Methane . concentration

. MGN 60 and BC Code

recommend

Surface ventilation the hold departure from loading

Acceptable cocetration

ventilation

. Concentration of methane

explosive limit) 

after

over LEL 20% (lower

adequate surface ventilation

Coal cargo . Vincinity

smoking and naked flame

Hot work

(2)Tendency to Self Heat 

. Coal cargo

self heating

Coal cargo

self heating

prior to loading



shipper

. Carbon mono

hold

Self heating surface ventilation 

inform

Self heating

H

kept close

limited

cargo trimmed level

gas poc

the

body of the coal 

Carbon monoxide gas

toxic, odourless and flammable gas

Cargo hold

harmful gases (methane, oxygen, and carbon monoxide) detect and measure

onboard



. regular interval

monitor

log book



record .

carbon monoxide level

completely close 

all ventilation

cargo cooling

In case of cargo fire

(3)Oxidation 

Coal cargo

Oxidation

cargo hold

Hold

hold

oxygen detect

enclosed space entry procedure

follow

(4)Reaction with Water 

Some coal cargo

.

acid

Hydogen gas Hydogen



Bilge Ph level

Ph

monitoring

adequate precaution

(5)Liquefaction hazards 

Less than 7mm

moisture content

transportable moisture limit (TML)

moisture content

TML

. Ensure

IMSBC Code MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

127 Prior to Loading  Loading

shipper (or) his agent

cahracteristics of the cago

procedures for loading and transport of the cargo 

TML Certificate . Moisture Content

 TML result

Loading

documents

provide

Shipper

(6)

 Declaration of Moisture Result

recommended safe handling

Test

Loading

(7)

 Loading

. Lab

test

. Master

inform

Test Cargo Document

Note

Down . Shipper



cargo

liable to emit methane (or) self heat

Before and During Loading  Cargo spaces  Previous cargo

removed

 Cargo spaces and adjacent space explosive safe for use  Space

.

harmful gases (methane, oxygen, and carbon monoxide)

. Ph value

. Cargo hold bilge

detect and measure

 During loading and during voyage

onboard cargo space

.

temperature

 SOLAS regulation II/2 – 17

onboard

No smoking regulation and placard

must be imposed

warning sign

display

 Coal cargo

.

Prior to Departure formation of gas pocket



surface of the material cover

reasonable trimmed level

coal body Cargo hatch way

sealed

During the Voyage During the voyage differences behavior

MG PYAR GYI

cargo behaviour shipper

cargo information

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

128 212.

.

correct

check



(2)

Always Calculate the effects first, before authorizing action to be taken (1)List  Cause  Port Side

Total Weight . STB Side

Total Weight

.

check 

one side only

 List

Formula

centre line

G

GG1 = w x d W

အ

Corrective Action P

- Load / Ballast Port Side

.(

Deballast STB Side s

.) Unload /

(Common Sense

)

(2) Angle of Loll  Cause  Wt _

G x x

KG _

= Moment = _

_

x

_

=

_

_

x

_

=

_

Corrective Action P

_____________________________

Final KG = Final Mom

S

- Low Side -

GM = KM – Final KG =

-ve GM

 Both Side  Angle of Loll = Tan

)

- Smallest Tank -

= 2GM

High Side Port Side

BM  MG PYAR GYI

) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

129 213. Hatch Cover Maintenance  Cargo Hold .

Outside Atmosphere (i.e. air, moisture, weather and water) Cargo

H

 Another Important Function

Cargo Hold

at all sea condition

Water Ingress

water tight integrity

Ship Stability

ma

Maintenance for Hatch Covers:  H

Light Weight Steel (or) High Ten

H

water ingress

avoid

 

Hatch Cover

H

examine



Cleats, Hauling Wire, Rollers, Chain

At All Time

Maintenance 

H

H Check

 Immediately Replace

(Renewd Gasket

)

Steel to Steel Fault



Regular Grease

 

H



Hydraulic Pump Oil Guage Level Check



Minimum 1m

Check j

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

130

214. Hatch Cover Test

Test

Hatch Cover Test

(3)

1. Hose water Test 2.

Ultrasonic Test

3. 1. Hose water Test  12mm diameter

Nozzle

H

. Pressure of 0.5 m/ second

Water Jet  Hose W

H

 Hose Water Test H

၍

2. Ultrasonic Test  H 

MG PYAR GYI

H H

H

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

131  . Ultrasonic



3 .Chalk Test Water Tight Integrity



Hold cover compression

Most Traditional Method Of The Hatch

A Layer of Chalk Powder

H

Over The Steel Back

H

215. Type Of Hatch Cover (1) Single pull Stud Hatch Covers. (2) Folding Hatch Covers. (Direct pull type) (3) Folding Hatch Covers. (Hydraulic operated) (4) Side Rolling Hatch Covers. (5) Stacking Hatch Covers. (6) Roll Stowing and Drum Stowing (7) Piggy Back Hatch Covers. 216. What is containers? Advantage and Disadvantage?  Transport equipments

Door to door transport

securing & stowage



 Parmenent character  Transport

.

.

repeated use intermediate loading

.

strong by one or more

specially designed

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

132 Advantages (1)Cargo (i)

(ii) weather

protest

(iii) Pilferage

ၲ

reduce (2) Containers (iv) Handle

(vi)

over stow (3) Charges (vii) wear house

(viii) Packing

(ix) Disadvantages

217. Safety approval plate  Approval

plate container

(i) approve

permanent fixed

information plate

country

(ii) Manufacture date / test load examination

date

(iii) ID No. (iv) Max gross weight (v) Allow

stacking weight & racking

218. Container marking 10 digit code (eg. OCLU 123456) (4letter – owner / 6 figure – Sr No.)  Owner Code / Sr No.

ldg/disg

.

 Country code . Type code  Max Gross weight . Tare weight

.

219. What is the Tare weight, Max Pay Load, Max Gross Weight ?  Tare weight = Empty Container . Weight  Max Pay Load =  Max Gross Weight =

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

133 220.

Cargo capacity  TEU = Twenty Equivalents Units

221. Safety Approval Plate

max stack weight

PDL

Stack weight / load = PDL for container ship  Each roll

container

. Weight

anchorage points



.

Anchorage pts

Permissible Deck load = Stack Weight . weight) (without stain)

  Builder

/ Class

 Each deck, Each hold  (KN/m2) 222. Container

approve

PDL

(tones /m2

capacity plan

specified deck plan

.

9.9

propose stowage plan ( )

(1) Stability

(i) Dead weight / DWCC (ii)Draft Trim limit /Ballast & Deballast (iii)Stack load on tank top & Hatch cover (iv)Allowance for extra weight (v) TEU slot / Under deck & On Deck /Ma x tare weight

(2) Safety

(i)Lashing plan / Lashing material (ii) DG

additional requirement & segregation

(iii)High Cube container (Hatch

. Carne down

Bridge visibility

(

Hatch

.

bow

2 ship length or 500 m

) (3) Economy (i) Check port rotation ) (iii) Maximum workable hook (

Guy

)

(iv) Port speed / Sequence plan

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

134 223. .

  Shipping document

Sr no. .

.

 Shipper ၍ Custom



presence of OOW (or)

representative

224. Stuffing Container Container

ၥ

(2)

LCL = less than container load (Container FCL = full container load (

. shipper

. Suitability (

)

cargo

carrier

)

) Refer container setting

)

225. Container Standard Size? For general purpose container =

”

= = For general refer container

” H

”

=

”

226. Container Types of container 1. General purpose container 2. Open sided container 3. Open top container 4.

)

5. Ventilated container (Natural Ventilation) 6. Fan

)

7.

)

8.

)

9.

)

10.

19000 – 2400

)

11. Car carriers containers 12. 13. H 14.

MG PYAR GYI

.) ” ) )

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

135 227. What is stacking weight?  228.

Plan  Bay, Roll, Tear

These bay, row and tier numbers are noted in the bay plans.

Row number Designation Centre Line STBD Side

“

” .

Port Side

02 04 06 08

01 03 05 07

Bay number TEU

FEU Bay 1

3

FEU

TEU

Bay 2 / Bay 5

7

FEU

Bay 6

Tier number Hold On Deck

MG PYAR GYI

82

02

02, 04, 06, 08

82, 84, 86, 88 etc

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

136 229. Container

before loading

 Shore side

cargo plan

C/O

approve

Approve

(Normally EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) and Check the plan as follow) 1. Voyage

Dead weight, Stability, Draft, Trim, List, Stress check

2.

Lashing

3. Weight of container .

.

check

. Cargo gear

4. Port rotation 5. 6. Refer Container

/

7. Refer Container

Temperature

8. IMDG Container

Apply

9. Special Condition 10. Container

SOLAS CH(V) requirement 22 . 2 ship length or 500 m

11.

check

12. Cargo 13.

bow

) Plan

IMDG Condition . OOW

(

. Refer .

Stowage Plan (Bay Plan), Refer List, IMDG List, Ballast, Deballast

instruction 230. Container  Positioning Cone (

)

 Stocking Cone (  Bridge Fitting (  Twist Lock (

) ) )

 Lashing Bar and Bottle Screw or Chain Tension Hook (lashing

2nd tare .

3rd tare

)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

137 231. IMDG

Class

Classes (9)  Class 1

Explosives

 Class 2

Gases

 Class 3

Flammable liquids

 Class 4

Flammable solids

 Class 5

Oxidizing substances and organic peroxides

 Class 6

Toxic and infectious substances

 Class 7

Radioactive material

 Class 8

Corrosive substances

 Class 9

Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles

( 232. IMDG Code

.

toxic

corr mise )

Volume

 SOLAS Chapter VII Code

IMDG

comply

 IMDG Code

Vol (1) (2)

Volume 1

Supplement

(3)

Parts 1-2 & 4-7 of the Code



Part 1

General provisions, definitions and training



Part 2

Classifications



Part 4

Packing and tank provisions



Part 5

Consignment procedures



Part 6

Construction and Testing of Packaging, Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs), Large Packaging, Portable Tanks, Multi-Element Gas Containers (MEGCs) and Road Tank Vehicles



Part 7

Requirements concerning transport operations

Volume 2

Part 3 and the Appendices of the Code

.



Part 3 == Dangerous Goods List (DGL) ,Special provision Limited and Quantities Exceptions



Appendix A == List of Generic and N.O.S. (Not Otherwise Specified) Proper Shipping Names



Appendix B == Glossary of terms



Alphabetical Index The supplement



Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS)



Medical First Aid Guide (MFAG)



Reporting Procedures



IMO/ILO/ECE Guidelines for Packing Cargo Transport Units



Safe Use of Pesticides (



International Code for the Carriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-

) in Ships, Cargo Holds and CTUs

Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships 

Appendix

MG PYAR GYI

. JUST REFERENCE ONLY

138 Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS) i.

Group Title

ii.

Special Emergency Equipment to be carried

iii.

Emergency Procedure

iv.

Emergency Actions

v. 233. DG Cargo (1) Documents (2) Requirements (3) Precaution Before Loading (4) Reception and Loading, Segregation, securing (5) Care in transit

.  DG

DOC

Cargo Booking List

Shipper Declaration

UN number . Proper shipping name

check

IMDG Code, B.C Code, SOLAS,



 IMDG Code Volume II

comply and reference

refer

EMS

 SOLAS Requirement  Cargo Plan

MFAG

cargo .

Proposed Cargo Plan

IMDG Volume I Stowage Requirement

reference  Amount

DG Cargo

Segregate

 A copy of manifest or stowage plan

before departure

 Stowage plan

port atourity . Designated person

identified

(3) Precaution Before Loading  Emergency Plan

Draw

 Fire Precaution

Emergency Team

Any Part Of The Ship

H

operate

Water On Deck at all time  DG

H Spark Spark Arrester



 Fire man outfit 4 sets, Chemical Protection Suits 2 sets

BA Set 4 sets

(including 2 extra bottles) ready  MG PYAR GYI

Test

(CO2

Air Blow Test) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

139 (4) Reception and Loading, Segregation, securing 

.

B flag

Red Light No Hot work & No Bunkering

 off



 Responsible person operation  Securing

Administration

approved

Cargo Securing Manual

(5) Care in transit  During Voyage

lashing inspection, ventilation , temperature (if require) , sounding, heat carefully check

 Marine Pollutant DG (5) During discharging

inspect regually

lost over board

loading

234. IMDG Shipper

Proper Shipping Name

Eg. Proper Shipping Name = Sulphur (1) Vol (2) Part 3 Index (Vol 2 Require Cargo

)

Cargo

UN Number

Sulphur

(2) UN No.

Vol 2

Chapter 3.2 Dangerous Goods List

Note down

UN No. (eg. Sulphur UN No. =1350) column 7

7a

7b

colum 18 (New

column

)

sulphur

.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

140

(3) အ Part 2

Table အ Column 3

Class or Division Column

. Vol (1)

.

Part 2 . Chapter 2.4 Class 4 Flammable solids; substances liable

အ

to spontaneous combustion; substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases Sulphur

MG PYAR GYI

lass or

i ision

4.1

၍

အ

အ

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

141 (4)

Parking Group Column

Sulphur

III

Vol (1) Chapter

(5) Column 6

Column

Special Provisions

.

Part 2 , Chapter 2 . 2.1.0.3 (New

)

Sulphur

Vol (2) Part 3 .

242

Chapter 3.3

(6)Column 7 Limited quantity

Column 7a Sulphur

Vol (2) Part 3 . Chapter 3.4

7a

7b

Column 7b

Column 7a - Limited Quantity

Chapter 3.5 5kg

maximum quantity per inner packaging Column 7b – Excepted Quantities

Column

column

limited quantity

5kg code

maximum

quantity per inner and outer packaging Dangerous goods shipped as “limited quantities” are exempted some of the land and sea transport rules By sea the main concession is that no segregation is required from other dangerous goods Another concession is that UN-coded packaging is not required

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

142 Column 7b – Excepted Quantities

(7) Column 8 . 9

Instructions

Column 8 – Packing

DG pac

Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4 .1

transport of substances and articles

Column 9 – Special Packing Provisions Chapter 4.1.4.3

Vol 1 Part 4 Sulphur

Cloumn 8

P 002 . LP 02

.

Sulphur

Column 9

special packing

Packing Instruction for P 002

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

143 Packing Instruction for LP 02

(8) Column 10 . 11

IBC Packing Instructions

Column 10 – IBC Packing Instructions

IBC Special Provisions

Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4.2

IBC Transport

Column 9 – Special Packing Provisions Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4.2 Cloumn 10

Vol 1 Sulphur

IBC 08

. Cloumn 11

B3

.

(9) Column 12, 13 and 14 Column 12

Reserved Column for Vol 1 Part 4

Column 13 – UN Tank and Bulk Container Instructions

Chapter 4.2 - Use of portable tanks and MEGCs

.

Column 14 -

Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.2 - Use of portable tanks and MEGCs

Tank Special Provisions

4.2.5.3

4.2.5.2.6

.

Sulphur

Cloumn 13

T1

. Cloumn 14

TP 33

.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

144 Sulphur

Cloumn 13

Sulphur

Cloumn 14

T1

TP 33

Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS)

(10) Column 15

Emergency Schedules for FIRE and SPILLAGE EMS Column 15

. Response Procedure

Sulphur

. Detail

F-A and S-G

IMDG Supplement

Emergency Schedules for FIRE

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

145

(11) IMDG Vol 1 Part 7

Column 16

Sulphur

. Detail information Column 16

Category A. Protect from

spar s and open flame ‘Separated from’ class 5.1

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

146

(12) Column 17

angerous

ood

roperties and

ser ation

235. IMDG Segregation IMDG Code 1. “

”;

2. “

”;

3. “

”;

4. “Separated longitudinally by an intervening com

”

IMDG Container Segregation Level 1 Away From -

H )

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

147

"AWAY FROM" HORIZONTAL

CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED

VERTICAL

ON DECK

UNDER DECK

FORE AND AFT

No Restriction

No Restriction

One on top of the other

ATHWARTSHIPS

No Restriction

No Restriction

permitted

1 - Situation closed versus closed Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 2 Separated from -

Fore and Aft (Horizontal One container space or one bulkhead

-

Athwartships (Horizontal

SEPARATED FROM" HORIZONTAL

CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED FORE AND AFT

VERTICAL

ON DECK

UNDER DECK

One container space

One container space or one bulkhead

NOT in the same

One container space

unless segregated

vertical line ATHWARTSHIPS

One container space

by a deck

2 - Situation closed versus closed Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 3 Separated by a complete compartment or hold from -

Fore and Aft (Horizontal One Bulkhead

-

Athwartships (Horizontal

On Deck One Bulkhead

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

148

"SEPARATED BY A COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM" CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED

HORIZONTAL

OR CLOSED VERSUS OPEN FORE AND AFT

VERTICAL

ON DECK

UNDER DECK

One container space

One bulkhead

NOT in the same

One bulkhead

unless segregated

vertical line ATHWARTSHIPS

Two container spaces

by a deck

3 - Situations closed versus closed and closed versus open Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 4 Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from -

Fore and Aft (Horizontal

Minimum Horizontal distance of 24 m One bulkhead and minimum horizontal distance of 24 m*

-

Athwartships (Horizontal

On Deck

"SEPARATED LONGITUDINALLY BY AN INTERVENING COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM" CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED

FORE AND AFT ATHWARTSHIPS

HORIZONTAL ON DECK

UNDER DECK

Minimum Horizontal

One bulkhead and minimum

distance of 24 m

horizontal distance of 24 m*

Prohibited

Prohibited

VERTICAL

Prohibited

4 - Situation closed versus closed Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids. * Containers not less than 6 m from intervening bulkhead.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

149 Table of segregation of freight containers on board container ships

VERTICAL SEGREGATION REQUIREMENT

"AWAY FROM" .1

CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED

CLOSED VERSUS OPEN

ONE ON TOP OF THE OTHER PERMITTED

OPEN ON TOP OF CLOSED PERMITTED OTHERWISE AS FOR "OPEN VERSUS OPEN"

OPEN VERSUS OPEN

NOT IN THE SAME VERTICAL LINE UNLESS SEGREGATED BY A DECK

"SEPARATED FROM" .2

"SEPARATED BY A COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM"

HORIZONTAL

NOT IN THE SAME VERTICAL AS FOR "OPEN LINE UNLESS VERSUS OPEN" SEGREGATED BY A DECK

.3 "SEPARATED LONGITUDINALLY BY AN INTERVENING COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM"

CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED

OPEN VERSUS OPEN

UNDER DECK

ON DECK

UNDER DECK

ON DECK

UNDER DECK

FORE AND AFT

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE OR ONE BULKHEAD

ATHWARTSHIPS

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

NO RESTRICTION

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

FORE AND AFT

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE OR ONE BULKHEAD

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE OR ONE BULKHEAD

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE BULKHEAD

ATHWARTSHIPS

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

TWO CONTAINER SPACES

TWO CONTAINER SPACES

ONE BULKHEAD

FORE AND AFT

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE BULKHEAD

ONE CONTAINER SPACE

ONE BULKHEAD

TWO CONTAINER SPACES

TWO BULKHEADS

ATHWARTSHIPS

TWO CONTAINER SPACES

ONE BULKHEAD

TWO CONTAINER SPACES

ONE BULKHEAD

THREE CONTAINER SPACES

TWO BULKHEADS

FORE AND AFT

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 M

ONE BULKHEAD AND MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 M*

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 M

TWO BULKHEADS

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 M

TWO BULKHEADS

ATHWARTSHIPS

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

PROHIBITED

.4

CLOSED VERSUS OPEN

ON DECK

IMDG Segregation of packages Level 1 Away From H

 H

MG PYAR GYI

. Minimum 3m

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

150 Level 2 Separated from vertical separation

 different compartments or holds at least 6m



Level 3 Separated by a complete compartment or hold from  (One of the two deck must be resistant to Fire & Liquid) 

at least 12m

Level 4 Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from  

MG PYAR GYI

at least 24m

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

151 236. (1) Proper Shipping Name (2) Identify of the Goods (3) UN Number (4) Radiation detail (5) Explosive detail Additionally a) Number and type of package b) The gross weight of the consignment c) The net weight of the explosive content of class 1 d) The flash point if 61 C or below e) Packed into container or vehicle, package certificate

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

152 237.

-



–

constructed

IBC Code chapter 17 (MARPOL Annex II Category X, Y, Z) design, construction, equipment -

  IBC Coode Surveyor

comply Survey

International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of

dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) .

Administration . Nominated

Survey

Validity

Initial Survey, Renewal Survey, Annual Survey, Intermediate

Survey . Additional Survey  Chemical Tanker

Not More Than Five Year

(5)

IBC Code

carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F)

International Certificate of Fitness for MARPOL Annex II

International Pollution Prevention Certificate for carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C)  Contents

Chapter 21

Appendix 6

Chapter-1 : General Chapter-2: Ship survival capability and location of cargo tanks Chapter-3: Ship Arrangement Chapter-4 : Cargo containment Chapter-5 : Cargo transfer Chapter-6 : Material od construction, protection, linings and coatings Chapter-7 : Cargo temperature control Chapter-8 : Cargo tank venting and gas freeing arrangement Chapter-9 : Enviromental control Chapter-10: Electrical Installation Chapter-11 : Fire protection and fire extinction Chapter-12 : Mechanical Ventilation in the cargo area Chapter-13 : Instrumentation Chapter-14 : Personal protection Chapter-15 : Special Requirements Chapter-16 : Operational Requirements Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements Chapter-18 : List of product to which the code does not apply Chapter-19 : Index of product carried in bulk Chapter-20 : Transport of liquid chemical wastes Chapter-21 : Criteria for assigning carriage requirements for products subject to the IBC Code 

Appendix 1 to 6

MG PYAR GYI

. JUST REFERENCE ONLY

153 238.

. Chapter 17 Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements Chapter-18 : List of product to which the code does not apply Chapter-19 : Index of product carried in bulk Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements

 Column a to o (except column b and m) Column a (Product name)  Column c (Pollution category) 

MARPOL Annex II

assigned

Pollution Category X, Y, Z

Column d (Hazards) 

H



“ ”

safety hazard



“ ”

pollution hazard



“

MG PYAR GYI

“ ” “ ”

“

”

”

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

154 Column e (Ship type)  (

H

Type 1

)

Type2

Type 3

Column f (Tank Type) 

Tank type



Construction “2”



. Construction

. Pressure

. Independent Tank (column

“1”

) . Integral Tank(column

)

Pressure

. Gravity Tank (column

“ ”

) . Pressure Tank(column

“ ”

) 1 : Independent Tank Independent Tank

Hull Structure

contiguous (

)

Tank

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

155 2 : Integral Tank Integral Tank

H

Tank

G : Gravity Tank Tank having design pressure not greater than 0.07Mpa gauge at the top of the tank Gravity Tank

Independent Tank (or) Integral Tank

P : Pressure Tank Tank having design pressure greater than 0.07Mpa gauge

Pressure Tank

Independent Tank (or) Integral Tank

Column g (Tank Vent) 

Tank Venting System (column



“

Control Venting (column

”

“

”

)

Open Venting

)

Vent Outlets Pipe Line

pressure and vaccum relief valves or pressure/vaccum valves Venting System



Vent Outlets Pipe Line

pressure and vaccum relief valves or pressure/vaccum valves

Venting System

MG PYAR GYI

Open

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

156 Column h (Tank Enviromental Control) 

Tank Enviromental Control I.

minimum requirement

Inert: === inerting (Cargo

IG Gas N2

II.

Pad:

=== liquid gas padding (Cargo

III.

Dry:

=== drying

. Gas

IV.

.

(5) )

IG Gas N2

)

cargo

Tank

.

N2

Tank

.

)

Vent: === natural or forced ventilation

V.

No:

=== no special requirement under this code

Column i (Electrical Equipment) 

Column i

i, i , i



The product of the flash point

column (3)

cargo 

i , i column

(or) product

flash point

15

electrical requirement criteria

“ ”

requirement T1 to T6 and “-“ (indicate no requirement blank no

 information)

T1

Autoignition temperature

T2

Autoignition temperature

but

T3

Autoignition temperature

but

T4

Autoignition temperature

but

T5

Autoignition temperature

but

T6

Autoignition temperature

Apparatus Group



but

IIA, IIB, IIC and “-“ (indicate no requirement blank no

information)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

157

Apparatus Group

MSEG at

MIC ratio

(mm)

product/methane

IIA IIB IIC

Flash Point



Flash point exceeding

Flash point not exceeding (Column

(Column

(Column )

),

) and Non Flameable product

.

Column j (Gauging) 

Gauging

. Open gauging (Column ) and Close gauging (Column

MG PYAR GYI

O C

), Restricted gauging (Column

R

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

158 Column k (Vapour detection) 

Cargo

detect



Flammable vapour (Column Toxic vapour (Column

F

T

vapour )

)

Indicate no special requirements under this code (Column

No

)

Column l (Vapour detection) 

Cargo

fire protection system



Alcohol resistance foam or multi-purpose foam (Column Regular foam (Column

B

A

)

)

Water Spray (Column

C

)

Dry chemical (Column

D

)

No special requirements under this code (Column

No

)

Column n (Emergency equipment) cargo



column 

column

Yes

emergency equipment Yes

Column

14.3.1

14.3.1 Ships carrying for which “

No

no special

comply

”

with suitable respiratory and eye protection sufficient for every person on board for emergency escape purposes, subject to following: 1. Filter type respiratory protection unacceptable 2. Self contained breathing apparatus shall have at least a duration of service 15 min 3. Emergency escape respiratory protection shall not be use for fire fighting or cargo handling purpose and shall be marked to that effect.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

159

Column o (Specific and operation requirements) 

Column o

Chapter 15 (Special requirements) and/or Chapter 16 Column subpargraph

239. Tanker Ship

C/O

 Normally

reference

. Order To Load Received

.Perfect Cargo Plan

.

Cargo

.

Tanks Capacities  Cargo and Any Ballast (Loading Check List  Before loading operation

Comply

)

Precaution

 H

  Before and During Cargo  .

 

 

Propely close

 High Level Alarm & Level Guage Test  PV valve test  Opening Hatch Cover    Cargo Operation

MG PYAR GYI

secure close H

check check check

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

160



During loading operation

Precaution

 j  Ship/Shore check list comple  

   

Loading

slow rate .

increase

back pressure Monitoring

Loading Sequence Tanks

check

Oxygen Content less than 5%

 Cargo Pump Room



rate

frequently check

Topping Off

240.

check

Crew

H H (1) Flammability (2) Toxicity (3) Pollution

241. Tanker H  Gas Detector Alarm  Bilge Alarm System 242.

Terminal

 Ship Shore Gangway

alongside

loading or discharging

Safety Precaution

Secondary Mean Of Escape

 Fore and Aft

Rigged

 Manifold  Main Deck Area, Manifold . Cargo Pump



monitoring station 

fire hose

hydrant

emergency stop

tank monitoring station

၍ pumping station, manifold

.

rea

  Off Shore Life Boat

MG PYAR GYI

Embarkation Deck

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

161 243.

Fire On Deck

Fixed Fire Extinguisher

maintenance  Normally

check and inspection Posted

liquid level check

Foam Discharge Test



244. Crude Oil Washing System

(6) month

.

 Over 20,000 tons deadweight Additional System

Sample Analysis

Additional System

.

fitted

Crude Oil Washing System

. Inert Gas system

245.

Back Ward Flowing Back Ward Flowing (toward the accommodat



.

Deck Water Seal 246. Crude Oil Washing (COW) System  MARPOL 73/78 Annex I Reg 13(6)

over 20,000 tons deadweight

Crude

Oil Washing System High Pressure Nozzle (9 – 10 kg/cm2)

 COW system to remove oil)  COW system  Terminal

. Cargo .

(oil

.Tank cleaning Port or Sea Between Discharging Port Crude Oil Washing

Terminal

COW

 Before Operation of COW

24 hours

carried out Safety Check List

Operation (O2

Inert Gas System (IGS) 8%

O2

test

)

 Before Arrival Port

check

record

 Operation Procedure 

First Cycle, Stage One (Nozzle



Second Cycle, Stage Two (One Third of Cargo Discharge wash



wash

wash

Nozzle

upper third of tank

Nozzle

mid levels of the

) see fig (3)

Fourth Cycle, last stage (lower levels and the last washing cycle .

MG PYAR GYI

) see fig (1)

) see fig (2)

Third Cycle, Stage Three (Two Third of Cargo Discharge tank



Tank . Upper Level

wash ) see fig (4) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

162

 COW Operation

IG

Tank gauging

Tank

Weather

O2

 COW . Advantage and Disadvantage Advantage

Disadvantage

1. Reduce Risk Of Pollution

1. Increase Work Load In Port

2. less tank corrosion is experienced than

2. Increase Discharging Time

from water washing 3. Increased carrying capacity is available for

3. Require More Training To Crew

the next cargo 4. full tank drainage is achieved

4. high installation cost and maintenance costs are increased

5. time saved gas freeing for dry dock

5. increased at the port of discharge

periods. 247. Inert Gas system  SOLAS Chapter II – 2 , Regulation 4.5.5 Deadweight Fire Safety System

MARPOL Annex I

Crude Oil Washing System

All Tanker Over 20,000 tons Regulation of

Inert Gas System

 Inert gas is the gas or a mixtures of gases, such as Flue gas, containing insufficient oxygen to support combustion of Hydro Carbons.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

163  Inert Gas System . Purpose less than 8%)

Tank atmosphere

maintain

Tank atmosphere

Too little Oxygen Condition (O2 Content flammable

Ignition

Prevent  Gas replacement process 1. Inerting (to replace the air with inert gas) 2. Purging (to replace inert gas with cargo vapour) 3. Gas Freeing (to replace inert gas with air)  IG System

(1) Purging of Dilution method (2) Purging of

Displacement method

. Inert Gas

Purging

process (1) Dilution method

forced method Dil

Emmited (2) Displacement Method

forced mixing hydrocarbon gas and fresh air

 Requirement Of Inert Gas System 1. Car

O2 Volume

2.

%

%

3. 4. 5.

MG PYAR GYI

. Co

O2

. O2

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

164  Alarm for Inert Gas System 1. Low water pressure / (flow to scrubber) 2. High water level / ( in scrubber) 3. High IG temperature (

)

 Other alarm (Require by SOLAS) 1. IG blowers failure 2. O2 content exceed 5% 3. Power supply (regulating valve control system) 4. Low water level 5. Low / High IG pressure  Additional Requirement Alarm for IG Generator 1. Insufficient fuel supply 2. Power failure (control system) 3. Generator Power supply

 Advantage and Disadvantage of IG System Advantage

Disadvantage

1. To prevent fire & explosion

1. Due to inerting, this is dangerous for person

2. Reduce internel corrision

2. Poor visibility in Tank

3. Duration of gas free is less period

3. Conterminate the certain cargo

4. Reduce evaporation and reduce cargo loss

4. Additional cost for installing and maintainence

5. Fast discharge rate 6.If collision risk of explosion is very less if the tanks are inerted

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

165 248. 1. Small Access 2. Low cargo density 3. Low permeability 4. Double hull 5. Construction longitudinal sub division 6.

Pumping

249. What is Enclosed Space ?

enclosed space



(1) Limited Openg Space (2) Ibadequate Ventilation Space (3) Not designed for Continous Work

 1st  2nd )    

H Hydrocarbon gas => Explosimeter (or) Combustible gas indicator Toxic gas => Chemical absorption detector Oxygen => Oxygen Analysier (All Equipments must be calibrated)



% the compa



(follow

SMS of enclosed space entry)

Lower Explosive limit (LEL)

Lower Explosive limit (LEL)

not more than 1%

Gas and V Concentrations lower than LEL 

. Toxi

burn

LEL

not more than 50% of OEL (Occupational Exposure Limit )

Occupational Exposure Limit 

H

Lower Flammable Limit (LFL)

. Exposure limits Test



MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

166  Responsible Person

Enclosed Space

check

1. 2. 3. ) 4. 5. Emerge 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Total Number of Person entering the space 11. 12.

 cali

  

Additional )

 

H



) appropriate protective

Oxygen Analyzier

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

167

M.T. ENCLOSED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT General Location/Name of enclosed space: Reason for entry: This permit is valid from to

hrs. Date: hrs. Date:

(See Note 1)

SECTION-1 - Pre-Entry Preparations (to be checked by the Master or Responsible Officer) 1.

Has the space been segregated by blanking off or isolating all connecting pipelines?

2.

Have valves on all pipelines serving the space been secured to prevent their accidental opening?

3.

Has the space been cleaned?

4.

Has the space been thoroughly ventilated?

5.

Pre-entry atmosphere tests: Readings Oxygen Hydrocarbon Toxic Gases Carbon Monoxide

(See Note 2) % vol (21%) % LFL (Less than 1%) ppm (specify gas & PEL) ppm

(See Note 3) (See Note 4)

6.

Have arrangements been made for frequent atmosphere checks to be made while the space is occupied and after work breaks?

7.

Have arrangements been made for the space to be continuously ventilated throughout the period of occupation & during work breaks?

8.

Is adequate illumination provided?

9.

Is rescue and resuscitation equipment available for immediate use by the entrance to the space?

10.

Has a responsible person been designated to stand by the entrance to the space?

11.

Has the Officer of the Watch (bridge, engine room, cargo control room) been advised of the planned entry?

12.

Has a system of communication between the person at the entrance and those entering the space been agreed and tested?

13.

Are emergency and evacuation procedures established and understood?

14.

Keep records of names and time of entry and exit?

15.

Is all equipment used of an approved type?

16.

All personnel entering ballast tanks and cargo tanks should wear Safety Harness.

SECTION-2 Pre-Entry Checks (To be checked by the person authorised as leader of the team entering the space) 1. 2.

Section-1 of this permit has been completed fully I am aware that the space must be vacated immediately in the event of ventilation failure or if atmosphere tests change from agreed safety criteria.

3.

I have agreed the communication procedure.

4.

I have agreed upon a reporting interval of

5.

Emergency and evacuation procedures have been agreed and are understood. To be signed by:

minutes

Master or Responsible Officer

Date

Time

Authorised Team Leader

Date

Time

Responsible person supervising entry

Date

Time

THIS PERMIT IS RENDERED INVALID SHOULD VENTILATION OF THE SPACE STOP OR IF ANY OF THE CONDITIONS NOTED IN THE CHECK LIST CHANGE Notes: 1. The Entry Permit should contain a clear indication as to its maximum period of validity which, in any event, should not exceed a normal working day. 2. In order to obtain a representative cross-section of the compartment’s atmosphere, samples should be taken from several depths and through as many openings as possible. Ventilation should be stopped for about 10 minutes before the pre-entry atmosphere tests are taken and then resumed. 3. Tests for specific toxic contaminants, such as benzene and hydrogen sulphide, should be undertaken depending on the nature of the previous contents of the space. 4. Test for Carbon Monoxide (CO) when entering tanks containing or which have contained Vegetable Oils and Sewage Tanks.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

168 RECORD OF PERSONS ENTERING THE SPACE. NO

NAME/RANK

TIME IN

TIME OUT

SIGNATURE

250. Sulphur Loading  Sulphur

yellow color

brittle (

Sulphur

loading

.

 Hazard  . Oxygen

 

Wet sulphur

 Loading

highly corro Master

. Discuss Reference

)

 Cargo Hold Preparation 

Cargo hold

properly Clean & Dry

 

Line wash



Cargo hold



Cargo hold

 During voyage

Test & Check

Bilge cover

. fit

Bilge

Check, Pump out

 In case of Fire

Record )

 After discharge

Hold Cleaning

Sulphuric acid

Fresh Water .

(IMSBC

EMS

)

Dry up

H

PPE 251.  –



H

  Part A & j

 

To established International framework



To established the respective rules and resposibilities



To ensure early security related information



To provide a methodology for security



To ensure confidance

MG PYAR GYI

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

169  

Level 1 (Normal) == Security measure minimum appropriate protective security maintain at all time.



Level 2 (Hightened)== Security measure appropriate additional protective security maintain for period of time.



Level 3 (Exceptional)== Security measure further specific protective security maintain for limit

 1. Prevent Weapons 2. Prevent Restricted Area 3. Prevent Unathourized Access 4. Procedure for Interfacing Port 5. Procedure for Security Instruction 6. Procedure for Security Threats 7. Procedure for Evacuation 8. Procedure for Auditing 9. Procedure for Review 10. Procedure for Reporting Security Incidents 11. Procedure for Training Drill 12. Procedure for Duties 13. Indentification of SSO 14.  International Ship Security Certificate  ISSC 

nd

rd

Between 2

and 3

 Responsibility of Ship Security Officer 1.

.

2.

Onboard security

3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

MG PYAR GYI

report

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

170 252. What is the CSR ? SOLAS Chapter XI -1

  H

-



-

vessel

-

-

  1. Name of flag state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly 2. Date registered of the State 3. S 4. Name of the ship 5. Ship registered port 6. Name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address(es) 7. Registered owner identification number 8. Name of the registered bareboat charterer(s) and their registered address(es), if applicable; 9. Name of the Company 10. Company identification number; 11. Name of all classification society(ies) 12. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization which has issued the Document of Compliance 13. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization that has issued the Safety Management Certificate 14. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized security organization that has issued the International Ship Security Certificate 15. Date on which the ship ceased to be registered with that State

 No. 4 to 12 ၍  modified, deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced

 Another State

Flag Transfer

၍ Flag change



CSR

Previous Flag Administration

State

onboard

Name of another Flag

rnfh Administration

CSR copy

.  New Administration Inspector MG PYAR GYI

previous CSR

append (

၍) new CSR

Issue

CSR

onboard JUST REFERENCE ONLY

171 253. LSA Regulation for Passenger Ship and Cargo Ship After 1988. LSA REGS FOR PASSENGER SHIPS OVER 500 TONS BUILT AFTER 1st JULY 1988 Ro-Ro Passenger Ships  Literaft  Each side

marine evacuation systems fast rescue boat

 Lifejacket

assembly stations

stowed

 Member of the rescue boat crew

Immersion suit

 Helicopter pick up area designated Instructions operate

  Training Manual

Crew Mess (or) Recreation Room (or) Cabin . Ship Plan Maintenance System (PMS)

 Survival Craft

To

 100%)

%

(or)

carry

% %

  1. 2. 3.  Total Survival

%

Miscellaneous    Marine Evacua  Lifejackets  Ship carry

Total person

32kg or more Lifejacket

 Less than 32kg weight

lifejacket j

.) Less than 32kg weight

Total Person . 10% j

  Rescue 

(

32kg or more Lifejacket

MG PYAR GYI

j Total person . 5% ၍ JUST REFERENCE ONLY

172 Lifebuoys Length of ship

Minimum Number of Lifebuoys

Under 61m

8

61m – 122m

12

122m – 183m

18

183m – 244m

24

244m above

30

 At least one buoyant lifeline  Not less than 50% with self -igniting light  2 with self – activating smoke and quick release from bridge (MOB lifebuoy) Pyrotechnics  Every Vessel

Line Throwing Apparatus

Not less than 12 rocket parachute flare

Distress Equipment  On each side

one radar transponder

 Every lifeboat

EPIRB, At least 3 waterproof hand-held and VHF radios

LSA REGS CARGO SHIPS OVER 500GT BUILT AFTER 1998 Instructions operate

  Training Manual

Crew Mess (or) Recreation Room (or) Cabin . Ship Plan Maintenance System (PMS)

 Rescue Boats   Crew  Free Fall Survival Craft

 Onboard Total Number of Person  Each Side Liferaft

carry

capacity

Total Person (100% )

carry

capacity

carry

capacity

Survival Craft for Less Than 85m  Each Side Liferaft

Total Person (100% )

 Each Side Liferaft

transferred from side to side

each side total capacity

150% 

MG PYAR GYI

launching appliances

each crew member immersion suit

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

173 Survival Craft  Each side

Lifeboat

Total number of persons

each side



transfer

.

carry

all liferafts capacity

100% of the crew

carry . Each side



transfer

(

each side

100% of the crew

carry

200%)

 Total capacity

%-

%

၍ Survival craft



.

more than 100m from astern (or) stem

Additional liferaft

as far

Forward (or) Aft as possible

 Su

Trim uo to 10 and List 20

Launch

 within 10 minutes



Abandon

Lifejackets  Total person

32kg or more Lifejacket

 Less than 32kg weight

lifejacket j

(

.) Less than 32kg weight

(2) j



(At least 25% of the crew)

j

 Lifebuoys Length of ship

Minimum Number of Lifebuoys

Under 100m

8

100m – 150m

10

150m – 200m

12

200m above

14

 At least one lifebuoy with buoyant lifeline  Not less than 50% with self -igniting light  2 with self – activating smoke and quick release from bridge (MOB lifebuoy) Pyrotechnics  Every Vessel

MG PYAR GYI

Line Throwing Apparatus

Not less than 12 rocket parachute flare

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

174 Distress Equipment  On each side

one radar transponder

 An EPIRB 

At least 3 waterproof hand-held and VHF radios

 .K



254. How To Launching and Recovering The Enclosed Lifeboat Launching of Survival Craft  Survival craft should be capable of being launched when the ship is listed up to 20° either way.  2 crew members should be able to prepare the boat for launching in nomore than 5 minutes. Launching the Lifeboat All personnel mustered. Rig the painter to a strong point forward of the davit.

Release the senhouse slip holding the gripes.

Confirm that the remote control wire s drawn into the lifeboat. Prepare transceivers, and confirm the communication condition. Connect the push-button switch for recovering to the receptacle. Turn on the power switch of start panel.

Open the lifeboat boarding door and board the lifeboat.

Helmsman enters the lifeboat first, fits plug and prepares engine. MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

175 Turn on the power supply switch

All personnel enter lifeboat wearing lifejackets. Weight is evenly distributed around lifeboat. Fasten seatbelt. Confirm that all crew boarded in the lifeboat are seated and their seatbelts are fastened. Start the engine and leave it running in neutral.

Pull down the winch remote control wire.

Confirm that the lifeboat is waterborne. To release falls. Ensure hydrostatic indicator is pointing 'OK' position.

Pull out the release handle safety pin.

pull the release handle back fully. The falls will now release.

Check the falls are clear and have been released.

Release the toggle painter and move clear of the vessel using the engine.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

176 Recovering the Lifeboat Ensure brake lever on the boat deck is fully closed. Before coming alongside the falls reset the lifting hook mechanism Manoeuvre the lifeboat to come under boat falls. Adjust the heights of the suspension links by raising or lowering the boat falls. Connect the suspension links of the davit simultaneously to both, fore and aft hooks. Ensure the fall wire is not twisted. Reset the hydrostatic release mechanism. Pull out the positionlocking pin. Move the handle forward to the LOCKED position. Release the position-locking pin and insert safety pin. Visually check forward and aft falls cam release and lever arm in correct position. Commence hoisting the lifeboat. Hoist the lifeboat just clear of the water and stop hoisting. Confirm that the fore and aft hooks are properly connected. Confirm that the hydrostatic interlock lever has “

”

being waterborne. Hoist the lifeboat by operating the winch using the push-button switch following the instruction by the officer in charge. Disembark from the lifeboat. Hoist the davit arm manually.

Confirm that the davit arm is in contact with the stop on platform.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

177 Detach the manual hoisting handle.

Set the davit arm stop immediately.

Insert the safety pin to the davit arm stop handle. Note: Safety pins are generally intended only for use during maintenance or in port. Lower the suspension block on the davit horn by releasing the handbrake

Install and tighten the auto release gripe, if fitted. (Tighten the auto release griperope with the turnbuckle.)

Connect the painter to the painter release hook on the bow of lifeboat.

255. What is the Lifeboat Off Load and On Load? Off-load release Lifeboat

 Release handle unit Aft

Safety pin

Release handle

Pull

Fore and

H

On-load release  On load release system

Lifebot

Not fully waterborne (not more than 1m from

waterline / as much as close to waterline)  Hydrostatic interlock unit  Operation Release handle unit

MG PYAR GYI

H

Interlock function Interlock cover

Safety pin

-

၍ Lifeboat

Interlock lever

Release handle

Pull

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

178

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

179 256. What is the FBDs?  The Maritime Safety Committee

MSC1/Circ 1327

Onload Release Hook System

Improve Hook Design

Lifeboat

Fall Preventer Devices (FPDs)

Design and operation of FPDs Locking pins  Locking Pins

FPDs

1. Approved by the Administration Insert

၍ On-load release hooks

Locking Pin

Hook strength r

2. Locking Pins

insert point

clear operational i

Locking Pin

colour coated 3. Locking Pin

wrong place

inserted

4.

Lifeboat

5. Lifeboat

release handle

Pin

before release mechanism activated

remove

6.

Locking

warning notice placed . risk

operating crew

7. Lifeboat hatch

pin

craft

Before the boat is hoisted clear of the water connected to recover

. Locking Pins

lifeboat on-load release hook re-inserted

8. Fall preventer locking pins

Lifeboat

.

Straps or Sling  Straps or Sling

 Straps or Sling 1. FPDs

FPDs wire (or) chain

2. Administration

satisfied

Synthetic Straps or Sling t

demonstrate

3. Appropriate Certificate 4. Tensile strength

factor of safety

(6)

5. Straps or Sling 6. Date of entry into service 7.

MG PYAR GYI

inspection

permanent marked Every six months

ship crew

thoroughly inspection

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

180

. .

257.

(or) LSA Modification

 Resolution MSC 317 (89)

Amended by resolution MSC 320(89) အ guidelines for the evaluation

of Existing On-load Release and Retrieval Systems (OLRRS)

IMO

adopted

amendments 1 January 2013 Enter into force



1.July.2014

 New Requirement Under

Effect

(new and existing cargo and passenger ship)

LSA Code

comply

၍ on-load release and retrieval mechanisms (OLRRS)

uring life oat drills and or inspections



unexpected accidents

 Comply 

New Ship constructed on (or) after 1. July. 2014

on-load release and retrieval systems

comply 

Existing

first drydocking after 1. July. 2014

comply

1.July.2019

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

181 258. Free Fall Lifeboat

?

-



. Launching and Recovering

standard procedure

Follow  Before launching 1. Before the Drill

identify

Risk Assessment

2.

. Proper operation Fully brief

3.

Lifeboat launching/recovery confirm

4. Harbour authorities, PFSO

authorities

permission

5. 

Battery charger wire



Securing d



disconnect release

H

embarkation door



Electrical system



Muster List

battery power

. change check



check



Freefall launch



Manufactur

deep water

check

launching arrangements operating instructions

follow

 

Lifeboat

. Crew

1. Water tight embarkation door 2. L/B

secure

all crew member

designated seat

properly secure

check

3. All crew member

final head count coxswain (or) helmsman

4. Manufacture instruction stop

follow

confirm

engine test run

after launch

5.

check

6. Coxswain (or) helmsman helmsman 7.

. Hydrostatic release operate

. release

Coxswain (or)

verbal warn

coxswain (or) helmsman

Hydrostatic release handle

operate

L/B

launch 8. L/B launch

main release device

assigned crew member 9. Recovering procedure 10.

emergency lifeboat release lever

operate . Manufacturer Instruction

Follow up

Freefall release mechanism

fully and correctly

engaged MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

182 11. Back up release system

L/B

12. Normal stowed position

Lifeboat

Incase of emergency

Reay

for launching position

.

259. R Launching and Recovery of Rescue Boat  Rescue boat

boarded and launched

 Vessel up to 5  Rescue boat

Rescue boat

launched

crew and equipment lifeboat equipment and the rescue boat crew of

 6 persons Launching the Rescue Boat 1. Remove covers, lashings, and electric charging socket.

Recovering the Rescue Boat 1. Ensure quick-release hook mechanism is reset in the rescue boat. Safety pin in place.

2. Rig the painter forward of the rescue boat

2. Once alongside the ship, retrieve the painter and connect it to the painter release hook.

3. Rescue boat crew board the boat wearing

3. Attach the lifting hook to the falls.

appropriate clothing. 4. Start the engine. When crew give OK, lower the boat. MG PYAR GYI

4. All crew and passengers positioned correctly: begin hoisting the boat. JUST REFERENCE ONLY

183 5. When approaching the water, the

5. Fully recover the boat and stop the

coxswain sets the boat controls for the

engine.

conditions: (if the ship is moving ahead, the engine will be set appropriately). 6. With the boat in the water, the crew.

6. Disembark all passengers and crew

designated crew member removes the safety pin from the hook and stands clear. 7.The coxswain then pulls the hook release

7. Secure the rescue boat for immediate

handle until the hook is clear of the falls.

relaunch.

8. Release the painter and use engines to move away from the vessel. 9. Reset the quick-release mechanism and reset the safety pin. 260.

‘

(SE pg 25)

 A rescue boat should be capable of recovery of pers persons from the water. It must also be capable of marshalling survival craft together.

261. Chief Officer

. lifeboat maintenance

 

H

grease

 lifeboat hull cond

 

che

-



MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

184 262. Liferaft Container

(SE pg 24)

(a) (b) The instructions for launching in diagram and text format. (c) The capacity (manning) that the raft is designed for. (d) Whether it is equipped with a survival pack and type of pack (A or B). (e) The length of painter fitted to the survival craft. (f) The date of last service. (g) The next date of service due. ‘ (i) Name and port of registry of the ship 263. HAMMAR Disposal Hydrostatic Release Unit

(SE pg 24)

 Two (2) years. 264. Hydrostatic Release Unit

Auto Activate

(SE pg 24)

 Between 2 and 6m. 265.

Hydrostatic Release Unit

fitted

(SE pg 25)

 Over 100m in length with accommodation 6-man liferaft 266. What is the

forward or aft

additional liferaft “

additional liferaft

HRU

”

H

)

 2.1 kN ± 45 kg (or) break under a strain of 2.2 ± 0.4 kN. (1kN =101.97kg) (1kg = 0.0098 kN) 267. Liferaft launching  The life raft on board ship are released or launched in to the water by three different methods: 1)

Auto release with Hydrostatic Release Unit (HRU).

2)

Manually launching.

3)

Launching by Davits.

1) Auto release with Hydrostatic Release Unit (HRU).  HRU

Liferaft container

. Ship deck (or) Cradle

Connecting media  HRU release unit Release unit  Automatically release container lashing Cradle . Strong point .

MG PYAR GYI

Below thw water level between 1.5m – 4.0m Liferaft inflation unit HRU

A a sharp knife (or) chisel

Strap lashed Weak link

Over the liferaft Ship deck (or)

Painter line

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

185 Life raft container

 tension

weak link

life raft

free from the ship

2)Manually launching.  ၍ container lashing



remove

    20 – 30



 Embarkation ladder

one by one board

(Avoid sharp objects like

knives, shoes and other sharp objects etc)  H

painter line

3) Launching by Davits.  Liferaft Exposed Shackle

Fall Hook

Secure

Pull Out and Tie Off to Side Rails

  Bowsing Line  short painter line  the liferaft canister

Pull out and secure to the deck cleats to the deck cleats Pull out and tie off at the embarkation deck tie off at the embarkation deck Above the Deck

Hoist

 Davit

Turn out

 -

 j



(Avoid sharp objects like knives, shoes and other sharp objects etc) MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

186 j

  After board

bowsing-in lines and the painter j



ca

 j



davit hook cast away the raft from ship



Manually launching

Launching by Davits. 268. Liferaft painter line  Efficient painter length

Not less than 10m + Distance from the stowed position (or) 15m

269. Hydrostatic release unit Type of HRU 1. Disposible Hydrostatic release unit 

On the side of the HRU H

2. Non Disposible Hydrostatic release unit (IMO approved stainless steel HRU) 

This hydrostatic release unit must be serviced every 12 months

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

187 270. International Shore Connection . universal hose connection

  SOLAS requirement 

 The Dimensions of International Shore Coupling are: Description

Dimension

Outside Diameter (OD)

178mm

Inside Diameter (ID)

64mm

Bolt Circle Diameter

132mm

(PCD) Slots in Flange

4 holes 19mm in diameter spaced equidistanly on a bolt circle of above diametr,slotted to flange periphery.

Flange Thickness

14.5mm minimum

Bolts & Nuts

4, each of 16mm diameter, 50mm in length

 Basic Requirements for International Shore Connection 

Steel or other suitable material

pressure 1.0 N/mm2



ships hose connection

coupling

permanently connected or

attached 

gasket (which can handle a pressure of 1.0 N/mm2), four bolts and nuts (16mm diameter, 50mm in length), washers and spanner



MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

188 271. Fire Control Plan  Fire control plan  Fire control plan

SOLAS Convention Regulation 15 Deck by deck various location

on board

mandatory

permanently exhibited

 

Each deck

control station



A class, B class



Fire detector & Alarm system



Life saving appliances & Fire fighting equipments



Location of portable and fixed fire-fighting appliance



Mean of access



Ventilation system and Fan control position

Fire section

  Classification society

provide

booklet form -

(eg. Bridge, cargo control room and engine control room)  Shore side fire fighting system cargo plan & crew list

assistance

update

Port & St

weathertight enclosures  Weathertight enclosures  Fire control plan

MG PYAR GYI

any time as soon as possible up to date

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

189 272.

. Master

CO2 Total Flood

. CO2 Injection System

. Decision

Chief Officer

(SE pg 74)

 High risk area of engine room

Immediate operation

CO2 Total Flood

System  Chief Officer

. CO2 Inject Machinery Space

Any person (or) Casualty

Evacuate  CO2 Inject  Cabinet

check

.

Head Count

Remote Cabinet Remote Handle piston

. Alarm System Pull

Automatically

. Pilot Bottle

downwards

cylinder CO2

CO2

273.

CO2 total flood inject

Amount Inject

(SE pg 75)  Amount of gas to inject

CO2 Plan

 Copies of CO2 Plan Arrangemen

CO2 Bottle Room, Chief Officer Office .

274. What are the advantages and disadvantages of CO2 total flood system(SE pg 75)  Advantages : Good knock down capability, a readily available supply of CO2 around the world, comparatively cheap, cleaner than foam.

 Disadvantages : Once fired at sea, no replenishment until arrival in port,non-breathable atmosphere, if used the ship is without motive power for an indenfinite period.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

190 275.

C/O

Action

1. Chief Officer

.

2. Fire Alarm

Master Inform

3. Head Count

Situation

(SE pg 75)

On Scene Co-ordinator (OSC)

Fire Party

.Overall Management

Engine Room Fire Immediately Investigate

(Small Fire 0r Big Fire) 4. Reduce Vessel Speed Communication

NUC lights Display

Vessel In Vicinity

Urgency Signal Send

5. Close All Ventilation, Emergency Pump Running 6.

Check & Test

Fire Fighter

Communication System

Confirm 7. Back Up Party 8. C/O

Boundary Cooling

.

9.

Fight The Fire by Coventional Means

Monitoring and Proper Communication With Bridge

. Fire

276.

Fire Party

Out

Along Side

Master

Cargo Hold

C/O

Total Flood System

Action

(SE pg 80)

Master



Fire Party Standby

Port

Go Shore  Chief Officer

. Situation

Immediate Control

.

Man Power

Manage 1. Cargo Operation

.

Immediately Stop

2. Local Fire Brigade

H

Immediate Assistance

VHF . Contact

Request

3.

Foreman

4.

Cargo Hold Hatch

Onboard

Clear

Batten Down

5. Engine Room Prepare

H

6. Local Fire Fighting

.

Bountary Cooling Gang Way

Messenger

7. Update Cargo Plan 8. International Ship Shore Connection 9.

CO2 Flooding

10.

Chief Engineer Head Count

Injuries

Check

11. Fire Wire Fore & Aft 12. Gang Way 13. MG PYAR GYI

Engine Room Stand By

Log Book Entry JUST REFERENCE ONLY

191 277.

(SE pg 69)

 In accord with Notice No. 18, of the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners the ship must carry the following publications: a. The Mariners Handbook. b. The International Code of Signals. c. The Weekly Notices to Mariners. d.

The Marine Guidance Notices (MGNs), The Merchant Shipping Notices (MSNs) and The Marine Information Notices (MINs).

e. List of Radio Signals. f.

List of Lights.

g. Sailing Directions. h.

Nautical Almanac.

i.

Nautical Tables.

j.

Tide Tables.

k. Tidal Stream Atlas. l.

Operating and maintenance manuals for navigational aids.

m. A full set of working navigational charts. n. International Aeronautical and Marine Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual o. Ocean Passages of the World 278. What are the Bridge Check List and Emergency Check List Bridge Procedure Guide Part B 1. Familiarization with bridge equipment 2. Preparation for sea 3. Preparation for arrival in port 4. Pilotage 5. Passage plan appraisal 6. Navigation in coastal waters 7. Navigation in ocean waters 8. Navigation in ice 9. Changing over the watch 10. Calling the master Bridge Procedure Guide Part C

Emergency

1. Main engine or steering failure 2. Collision 3. Stranding or Grounding 4. Man Overboard 5. Fire 6. Flooding 7. Search and Rescue 8. Abandon Ship MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

192 279. Chief Officer Master



Damage Assessmnet Report



Water tight integrity of the hull



Engine Room Wet (or) Dry Condition Check



Casualty

check

Check



(

 Master

Check

Report

Sounding

 Size of damage area, Location of damage area Below

Damage area

Water line

Above

.

 Damage control party

onboard

damage area

(restore)  ‘

Stability Assessment

. permeability of cargo, loss of

buoyancy, change of trim and e  Damage area

Control

Damage area

bilge/ballast pump (or) other method

pump out

.



own vessel

vessel

nature

affect

( state of weather



severity of the contact between the two ships

. 280.

C/O Master



(SE pg 73) Damage Assessmnet Report



Water tight integrity of the hull



Engine Room Wet (or) Dry Condition Check



Casualty

Check



(

 Master

Check

Report

Sounding

Sounding 

check

Overside

(Especially Bow & Stern Areas)

C/O

Master Vessel Aground Sign



Anchor Walk Back

Ballast Adjustment  Inappropriate Time

MG PYAR GYI

Refloating

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

193 281.

Distress Area

Recover

. C/O

.

(SE pg 73)  Rescue Boat Team

Rescue Boat Immediate To Lunch

 Accommodation Ladder H

 H

Prepare

Ready

 Guest Warp (Line from Forward on a Ship, led to the end of a Boat Boom  Master / Bridge Team Of Operation H



Advice

Prepare

282. DAMAGE ASSESSMENT 1.

. Visual Inspection water ingress

.

2.

(

H

)

. Size of damage area, Location of damage area Above

Below

3. (3)

.

Water line )

. permeability of cargo, loss of buoyancy, change of trim Damage area

control

Damage area

constract collision patch (or) 0ther method

Control

Damage area

bilge/ballast pump (or) other method 5.

Damage area

Extent of damage (

Stability Assessment

4.

Amount of

pump out

.

6.

.

Port of refuge

safe port

283. Damage Control Plan  Damage Control Plan 1. Each Deck and Holds

All opening and Closing Arrangement

2. All Doors Location and Indicator 3. Water Tight Compartment and Weather Tight Compartment (All Bulkhead and All Deck) 4. Arrangement Material Mean To lIst Due To Flooding 5. Cross Flooding Diagram, Lines, Valves 6. Bilges and Ballast Pumps Location  Damage Control Booklet

MG PYAR GYI

Bridge and Engine Control Room

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

194

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

195 284.

Floating Object . Master

Water Line

Damage Area

Damage

Watertight Integrity Loss

Collision Patch .

Action

(SE pg 81) (Assuming that the vessel is not equipped with designated damage control materials) Suggested method

 1. Engine Room

Size

Side

Stell Bottom Plate

Secure

Plate .

Ship

Rope Pudding (

Staple 2. Plate 3.

suspension shackles

4. Outer surface and Inner edge 5. Suspension wire

canvas Damage Area

cover cov

Lower the

Patch 6.

Patch

. Hold

Opposite side of the Hold

Spanish Windlass

285. Oil Tank Frac Reduce

breach

C/O

. Effect of Pollution

(SE pg 87 )

(Assuming Double Bottom Oil Tank)  On Deck

going over side

 Master Area

Upper Deck Scupper

. Designated Perso Ashore Control

. . Oil Pollution

C/O

.

Damage

Reduce ၥ



propely seal

Oil Pollution

Control (or)

Reduce .

 Transfer

Fractured Tank Stowage Oil Berge (or) Shore Side Ship Side

 Deck Log Book, Official Log Book MG PYAR GYI

Tank

. Internal

. External Transfer

Dispersal (

  Local Athourity

Oil )

Chemical Dispersal Oil Recored Book

Relavent Entries JUST REFERENCE ONLY

196 286. GA ( General Arrangement) Plan . Construction



GA plan

  Every Deck Plan (Dimension With Scale)  Accommodation, Compartment, Cabin, Fire Door and Ladders  Fore and Aft Mooring Arrangement  Derrick, Winch, Mast House  Building / Shipyard No.  Class Seal Approved 287. Capacity Plan  Capacity Plan 

Principal Particular With Scale



Cargo Hold Capacity ( Grain Capacity, Bale Capacity, Container Capacity)



Tank Capacity (Each Tanks Frame No., VCG, LCG, Capacity, Weight)



Permissible Dead Load



Dead Weight Scale



Ship Yard No.

288. Shell Expansion Plan . Thickness

  Hull (or) Ship Side

Shell Expansion Plan Damage Area

Frame

Plate

Shell Expansion Plan . Plan View / Section View

  Strake

Omitted

Keel to Upward Next of the Keel Plate (K) th

Alphabet A, B, C, D so on (I Strake is Strake A (Garboard strake

rd

(eg. 'C 12 port' will be the 12 plate from aft in the 3 strake from the keel on the port side.) Aft to Forward

 Perpendicular 

Thickness

Aft

negative (-) By Number

Aft Perpendicular

 Stealer Plate

Below the Strake

(See Fig 2)

.

Figure 1 MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

197

289. Rigging Plan Answer A: Rigging Plan 1. Position and size of deck eye plates 2. Position of inboard and outboard booms 3. Maximum head room (i.e. permissible height of cargo hook above hatch coaming) 4. Maximum angle between runners 5. Position, size and SWL of blocks 6. Length size and SWL of runners, topping lifts, guys and preventers 7. SWL of shackles 8. Position of derricks producing maximum forces 9. Optimum position for guys and preventers to resist such maximum forces 10. Combined diagram showing forces for a load of 1 tonne or the SWL 11. Guidance on the maintenance of the derrick rig. Answer B: Rigging Plan

.

(a) the position of guys; (b) the resultant force on blocks, guys, wire ropes and booms; (c) the position of blocks; (d) the identification mark of individual items; (e) arrangements and working range of union purchase.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

198

290. Docking Plan Answer A:  Docking Plan 1. Detail Under Water Portion ( Sea Chest / Valve, Plug Position, Anode, Propeller, Rudder … 2. Position of All Keel Blocks 3. Any Appendages Producing From Hull 4. Tank Plan With Manhole 5. Addition    MG PYAR GYI

Measurement For The Overall Length, Breath, Depth and Air Draft JUST REFERENCE ONLY

199 Answer B: Docking Plan

 1. Bottom Plugs of Tanks 2. Echo Sounder late Ship’s Speed Log 3. Bilge Keel 4. Rudder and Propeller 5. Structural Detail (under water hull) 6. Anchor and Cable 7. LSA & FFE 8. Piping Arramgement 9. Painting Schedule 10. Recommanded Trim 11. Cargo Gear 12. Previous Keel Block Setting 13. Main Engine 14. Addition   

Measurement For The Overall Length, Breath, Depth and Air Draft

291. Docking 1. Graving Dock ( Dry Dock 2. Floating Dock (

) Double Bottom Tank .

.

) 3.

)

292. Docking Dry Dock 

SOLAS Chapter I Regulation 10 and Class Requirement .

15

5 years period

2

1

.1

3 year 

15

2 year interval .

Resistance Paint 

5 years period

1

In Water Survey .

Water

High Resistance Paint

Beam 30 m

Every 5 years Period Inwater Survey .

MG PYAR GYI

2 Under

.

 15 Under Water Portion

High

Extension 2.5 year

In Water Survey => 15

293. In Water Survey

Under Water

Dock

Vessel Beam

High Resistance Paint JUST REFERENCE ONLY

200 294. Docking 1. H

Meeting

.

2. 3.

(Attach Photo & Plan)

4. Prepare Plan (GA, Shell Expansion, Docking, Fire Control, Rigging, Tank, Manhole etc..) 5. Store 6.

… Ship

Copy

Dockyard

7. 295. Docking Repair List C/O (3)

.

1. Standard Items 2. Repair Items 3. Modification Items .

(10)

1. Hull cleaning, surface preparation, painting 2. Inspection and overhaul of anchors and cables, including ranging and marking 3. Inspection cleaning and painting of cable lockers 4. Plugs to be taken from all bottom and peak tanks (the plugs to be labelled and retained by the chiefofficer and replaced before the dock is flooded) 5. All sea valves and sea chests to be inspected overhauled and painted 6. Inspection and overhaul and load test of all lifting appliances 7. All tanks holds compartments and their closing appliance to be inspected and overhauled 8. Inspection overhaul and load test of all lifting appliances 9. All anodes to be inspected the location and weight or size to be ascertained 10. Repair Items

.

Survey Requirement

Operation & Safety of Ship

.Repair

Cargo

Repair

check

record

Repair plan For Example  Renewal of piping  Cargo handling equipment  Bulkhead leakages  Structural damages  Damages to the guard railings  Overhaul of fire fighting and life saving appliance Modification Items

Install

For Example  fire fighting or detection systems  new piping and structural arrangements  conversions or re structuring in order to comply with any new regulations (Eg fixing DB tanks in tankers) MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

201 296. Before Entering of floating Dock . During Entering of Floating Dock

C/O

Before Entering of Dry Dock 1. Free Surface Effect

Empty (

.) Top Up

2. Dock Master 3.

Secure

4.

Routing Duties Assign

(Including Fire Petrol)

5. Following Plans Should Be Ready 

Docking Plan



Tanks Condition Plan



General Arrangement Plan



Shell Expansion Plan



Fire Control Plan



Plan Concerning Docking Repair

6. Taking On Block

Al

Sounding

During Entering of Dry Dock Log Book 1. Dock Master Onboard Time 2. Bow Entering Dock 3. Stern Entering Dock 4. 5. Gate Close Time 6. Start Pumping Out Time 7. Aft Touches Keel Block 8. Forward Touches Keel Block 9. Breast Showing 10. Totally Dry Dock Time 297.

Docking

.

 Recom



j



)   

H (Including Fire Petrol)



298. Dock Yard Recommended Trim  Dock Yard

MG PYAR GYI

Block

Trim

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

202 299. Docking

By The Stern ,

 . 300.

Paint (3)

1. Below the water-line 2. The water-line or boot topping region where immersion is intermittent 3. The topsides and superstructure 1. Below the Water-line corrosion inhibiting paint (pitch or bitumen types, chlorinated rubber, coal tar/

 Primer Coat

epoxy resin, or vinyl resin paints)  Top Coat

Antifouling Paint

2.Water-line or Boot Topping Region  Primer Coat

Corrosion Inhibiting Paint

 Finishing Coat

gloss coat that resistant to abrasion

3.Superstructures  Primer Coat  Top Coat

Red lead or zinc chromate Normally white finishing paints

 4.Cargo and ballast tanks  Top Coat

Epoxy resin, vinyl resins and zinc rich coatings serve corrosion



Prevent

A = Bottom Area ( Keel to Light Load Line) B = Boot Top Area (between Light Load Line & Full Load Line) C = Topsides Area (between Full Load line & Main Deck Line) D = Superstructure (Accommodations, Funnel, F’cle Deck, Boat Deck, Bridge Deck etc) E = Deck Areas (Main Deck, F’cle Deck, Poop Deck, Boat Deck, Bridge Deck etc) F = Tanks (Cargo Tanks, Ballast Tanks, Tanks, etc)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

203 301. Before Leaving Dry Dock  Before Leaving Dry Dock

Under Water Portion

.

 1. 2.

(Difficult To Reach Area

3. H 4.

)

Completed and D Plan

Fitted

5. Sea Chest Valve, Over Board Valve, 6. Echo Sounder Plate, Speed Log Transducers 7. Drain Plug

In Position

8. 9. 10. Anchor, Cable (includin 11.

(Tanks

C/O

Surveyor

)

12. Manhole 13. All

In Position

14.

Repair or maintenance Plan

15. Dry Dock 16. 17. 18. Gyro, GPS etc

Re

19. Maintain log of events Sighting The Bottom  

If there is hull damage, Measure the plate thickness



If there is no damage, Normal maintenance carry out



De rust the hull and make Surface preparation for Painting

302. Critical Period . Critical Instant  Critical Instant

Ship Forward and Aft

Block

Settling

Maximum

Lost of GM  Critical Period

stern post landing on the blocks

ship taking the blocks overall

Time Interval Between

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

204 303. Dry Docking GM  HYDROSTATIC TABLES



TMD = Draft Aft – ( LCF x Trim )

 True Mean Draft



DISPLACEMENT

HYDROSTATIC TABLES .

MCTC, LCF and

Interpollution

-



Method A



Method B

MM1

GG1

Method A

 MM1

GG1

Method B

GMliquid

New GM

New GM

) The virtual loss of GM after taking the blocks overall



Method A

Method B

MM1 Virtual

GG1 New GM

Method A Righting Moment = W x New GM x Sin Method B Righting Moment = (W – P) x New GM x Sin

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

205 304. Cargo .Dry Docking

C/O

. Dry Docking



 1. B

H

2. 3. 4.

H

5. 6. 7.

'

305. What Surveys Can Be Done At Dry Dock? Surveys In Dry Dock Docking Survey Interval Not Exceeding 2½ Years. Surveyor Normally Examines Following Aspects:  Condition of Underwater Hull  Intergrity of Hull Opening  Conditions of Rudders and Stabilizers  Anchor and Chains  Load Test Additional Surveys  When Vessel is Grounded, Collided, Damaged Due to Fire ao Any Accident.  Major Repairs (or) Modification Done  Issue of Endorsements (or) Exemption Certificates Other Statutory Surveys If Required:  Annual Survey  Periodical Survey  Intermediate Survey  Renewal Survey 306. What are the inspection carried out in the fore peak? 1. condition of ladders 2. stringer plates , shell plating , girders , panting and other beams for any cracks or corrosions 3. Zn anodes to be replaced 4. condition of coatings 5. condition of valves and pipes and suction heads 6. condition of sounding pipes and striker plates 7. condition of collision bulk head MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

206 307.

Dock

Certificate

 Gas Free Certificate 308.

Document

Dock Yard

 Dock Foreman Certificate



 Sign

Chief Officer Chief Officer

Sign . Bottom Inspection (Plugs, Sea / Chest Valves,Transducer

…

condition Dock Yard

On Board

Clear

Sign 309. Dock Regulation

Apply

 Dock Regulation 1934

Factory Act 1961

repealed (

Dock Regulation 1934

Dock Regulation 1988

Introduce

 Dock Operation oc



Regualtion

Dock regulation

Apply

peration

(1) Loading / Unloading (2) Embarkation/ Disembarkation (3) Mooring / Unmooring (4) Provisionig / Fuelling  Master အ

(

/

Refuel and Provision)

egulation

.

 

/ Provide

(Reg 6)

Vessel

. Propely Maintained and Provide (Reg 7)



H (except no safe mean of practicable) (Reg 7)

 

Adequate Strength 2 m Height



(Reg 7) Safe and Proper Manner

 

1m

Propely Mark Register of Lifting Appliance (or) Chain Register

Inspector

Onboard 310. Chain Register

What is Chain Register?

 Dock Regulation (Factory Act) (

.) ILO 152

 Chain Register  

H Chain Register

MG PYAR GYI

Competent Authority

(5)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

207 311. Chain Register  Form (4)

Form (1)

Part 1 . Part 2

(2)

Part I => Through Examination Of Lifting Appliances & Loose Gear Part II => Regular Inspection Of Loose Gear ( 312. Chain Register

)

Certificate

(4) Form No. 2=> Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Lifting Appliance Form No.2 (U) => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Union Purchase Form No.3 => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Loose Gear Form No.4 => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Wire Rope 313. Examination & Inspection (4) No. 1

Type Entry Part 1 Initial Examination

Who?

When?

Items

How?

Competent

B4 Taken Into Use

Every Lifting

Test & Through

Appliances

Examine

All Lifting Appliances

Thoroughly

& Every Items Of

Examine

Person )

2

Entry Part 1

Competent

Periodic Examination

At Least Once In Every 12 Months

Person

Loose Gear 3

Entry Part 1 Retesting Through

Competent

After Alter/Renewal/ Repair( At

All Lifting Appliances

Re Test & Through

Person

Least Once In Every 5 years)

& Every Item Of

Examine

Responsible

Regular

Examination 4

Loose Gear

Inspection

B4 Use

Visual Inspect

Person

314. What Are The Loose Gear? 

Loose Gear => Chains, Rings, Shackles, Hook, Swivels (5) Definitions (a) The term “

” means a minister, government department or other authority

empowered to issue regulations, orders or other instructions having the force of law. (b) The term “

” means a person possessing the knowledge and experience required for

the performance of thorough examinations and tests of lifting appliances and loose gear and who is acceptable to the competent authority. (c) The term “

” means a person appointed by the master of the ship or the owner of the

gear to be responsible for the performance of inspections and has sufficient knowledge and experience to undertake such inspections. (d) The term “

” means a detailed visual examination by a competent person,

supplemented if necessary by other suitable means or measures in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to the safety of the lifting appliance or item of loose gear examined. (e) The term “

” means a visual inspection carried out by a responsible person to decided whether,

so far as can be ascertained in such manner, the loose gear or sling is safe for continued use. (f) The term “

” covers all stationary or mobile cargo-handling appliances used on board ship for

suspending, raising or lowering loads or moving them from one position to another while suspended or supported.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

208 315. Keel

Plate

Keel (4) (1) Bar (2) Flat Plate (3) Bilge (4) Dust Plate (12) (1) Keel Plate (2) Margin Plate (3) Stealer Plate (4) Striker Plate (5) Fish Plate (6) Fashion Plate (7) Bulb Plate (8) Chafing Plate (9) Coffin Plate (10) Shoe Plate (11) Boss Plate (12) Oxter Plate 316. Gang Way 1. Manufacturer 2. Model No. 3. Angle of Inclination to Level 4. SWL 5. Max No. of Person 317.

. Positioning

 Manufacturer

maximum and minimum permitted design angles of

Gangway . Angle of inclination from horizontal . Angle of inclination from horizontal 

‘

secured

guardrail

secured

30°

Accommodation ladders

55°

. designed

Gangway

Bulwark or railings

Open section

Position

adequate fenced Safety net

 318.

Wire

 8 Times of Rope Di

%

319. Proof Load Test  Safe Working Load (SWL) UP To 20 tonnes

=== SWL + 25% of SWL

20 to 50 tonnes

=== SWL + 5 tonnes

50 tonnes

=== SWL + 10%

320. Load Test 1. Moveable Weight Hoisting 2. Spring Balance Test 3. Hydrolic Test 4. Barge

MG PYAR GYI

H

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

209 321. Lifting Gear Test (Derrick Test)  Derrick &

At Least 4 Years

 Derrick Test

Risk Assessment

Thoroughly Inspect Derrick Boom & All Attachment (blocks, shackles, Thoroughly Examine

Renew  All Winch

Good Condition .

 Engine Room

Derrick Test

Inform

 Vessel . Stability, Free Surface Effect, List & Trim

.

.

Request

 Any Other Cargo Operation Derrick Boom



Stop

Check

Surface Effect

Deck

45

Hatch Coaming

Swinging

Lowering Test Surveyor



322.

Test Certificate

Chain Register Book

Record

Through Examine

 12mm Diameter

Chains, Rings, Shackles, Hook, Swivel

At Least 6 Months

Through Examine  12mm Diameter

At Least 12 Months

Through Examine

323. Standing  Standing Rigging. Standing rigging includes permanent and semipermanent structures and gear (See Fig 1)  Running Rigging. Running rigging (Figure 2) includes the moving parts of the ship's gear.

Figure 1 Standing Rigging

Figure 2 Running Rigging

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

210 324. Steel Wire Rope 

(1)

Size

D

External Calliper (or)

Vernier Calliper

Construction

(See Fig)

( In Fig is shown a 6/7 (the 7 representing 6 over 1), ie., 6 strands of 7 wires each) Type of Core .



H

centre of the

 H 1. 2.  A. Fibre (natural or synthetic) B. Wire Strand A. Fibre (natural or synthetic) Core j H

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

211 B.Wire Strand Core igh tensile strength Standing

corrosion opes

u s or

igging

greater resisrance

ire strand core

အ

အ

Lay  This refers to the way the wires in the strands, and the strands in the rope are formed into the completed rope.

(unless special

 circumstances require Left Hand) Ordinary or Regular Lay

Right Hand Ordinary Lay (R.H.O.L.) wires laid left handed, strands laid right handed.

Left Hand Ordinary Lay (L.H.O.L.) wires laid right handed, strands laid left handed.

Langs Lay Strands

same direction .

(ie., both wires and strands

Right Handed or both Left Handed.) More flexible rope

(eg., Crane Topping Lifts)

Non Rotating Wire Rope

. Lang lay Very flexible and well

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

212 Describing Steel Wire Rope A full description includes the following details. A. Rope diameter (mm) B. Number of strands x the number of wires per strand C. Direction of lay - R.H. or L.H. D. Type of lay - O.L / L.L / N.R E. Pre-formed or non pre-formed F. Type of core G. Galvanised Example: Diameter

Rope Construction

Strand Construction

Direction & Type

20 mm

6x24

(15/9/F)

R.H.O.L

Pre-formed or non pre-formed Pre-formed, Galvanisd F.S.W.R with Fibre core

Pre-Formed During the manufacture of pre-formed wire rope, the wires and strands are given the exact spiral form they take up in the finished rope. They lie naturally in position, free form internal stress, and will not spring out of place like ordinary rope, where the wires are held forcibly in position. 325. Steel Wire Rope

Inspection

at regular interval



visual and physical e (If a broken wire is discovered,

should be inspected more often.)  Th Externally

.

1.

Inspect termination of rope at the drum and other points.

2.

Inspect for broken wires.

3.

Inspect for corrosion.

4.

Inspect for deformation.

5.

Inspect for surface wear.

6.

Inspect for defective coiling.

7.

Inspect for deterioration due to snatch loading.

8.

Inspect lengths that run through blocks, particularly those which lie on the sheaves when the appliance is in the loaded condition. .

Open the lay. 1.

Check internal lubrication.

2.

Degree of corrosion.

3.

Indentation caused by pressure of wear.

4.

Presence of broken wires.

(An accurate log should be kept of inspection dates, rope condition, end for ending, replacement, etc. Broken wires are usually the result of fatigue and wear.) MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

213 326. Wire Rope . SWL Type of rope Steel wire

SWL=

(Wire

. SWL

Wire

BS

Grease

Breaking stress

6x12

15D²/500

6x24

20D²/500

6x37

21D²/500

)

Recommanded Grease

327. Wire

eg. Cadiun Compound)

Wire

Old Wire Certificate (or) Rigging Plan (or) Crane Booklet (or) Chain Register



၍

Wire Wire

 Thimble Eye

New Wire .

Certificate (

Mechanical Seal

.) Wire Termination

size, type, diameter etc

Wire per strength

Flexible Steel Wire Rope

Diameter

Strands

Length

328. Cargo Gear (Derrick) 1. Single Swinging Derrick 2. Union Purchse Derrick (90 , 120 ) (Preventer, Schooner) 3. Doubling Gear (Gun Tackle) 4. Velle Derrick 5. Hallen Derrick 6. Stulken Derrick 1. Single Swinging Derrick   Derrick Boom

Supported

H

)

Gooseneck Derrick Boom

Winch

Topping Lift Span

Elevation

 Mast of the Derrick

Pivot Arrangement

Topping Lift

Topping Wire

Span Tackle

Permanently Fitted

Derrick Boom

Topping Wire Winch

Topping (or)

Lowering Cargo Block

 Wire  Cargo

Runner

Either Side of the Derrick

Run Through

Slewing Guy Blocks

Lifted (or) Lower Topping Lift and Two Guys

Slewing

Run Through Derrick

Independently

Swinging

Derrick Operate

4 Independent Winches MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

214

2.Union Purchse Derrick  Union Purchase

Derrick Union Purchase

 Derrick

Require Position

 One Derrick

Plumbs the Hatch

 Deck Clutter(

)

Fixed Other Derrick

Reduce

Plumbs Over Side Inward

Rigging Runner wire

H

One Heaving and One Slack  Preventer Guys

Operate

Topping (or) Lowering

Derrick Boom Head  Derrick Winch

Cargo Runner

Derrick Jerking

One Derick

Cargo

Derrick

Runner Wire Other Derrick

. Transfer

. Out Boom

. Weight  Runner Wire

. Angle between

 Max Load

1/3 of the SWL of Lowest Rated Derrick (or) Absolute Maximum of 2.5 T

MG PYAR GYI

90

120

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

215

3. Doubling Gear close to (or) excess SWL of the Cargo runner



Cargo runner stress limit

exceed Procedure

 

. Derrick Shackled

Second Spider Band Head Block

Runner Eye Shackle

႑ာန္ ၾကိဳး၀ုိင္း) ျဖစ္ေစရန္ Runner Wire Floating Block (or) Snatch Block

Runner Eye

Secure

Second Spider Band Runner Wire

Bight

Bight Gun Tackle Arrangement

၍ Load

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

216 

. Derrick

Second Spider Band

Sipder Band

.

H

H

Runner Wire Bight ျဖစ္ေစျပီးရန္ အနည္းငယ္ေလွ်ာ့၍

Bight

Secure

Floating Block (or) Snatch Block ၍ Load

4.Velle Derrick  Single Swinging Derrick

Derrick Head

Cargo Hoist Blocks

T Bar (or) Floating Bridle Bar

Topping Span Blocks

Secure

Greater Slewing Radious



Provide “

”

H

T Shape Yoke

Four Short Steel

fitting

 Topping (or) Lowering Fall Ends

Half barrel on one winch

Slewing End

Half barrel of another winch

Third Winch  Velle Derrick Operator Stabilize

Half Barrel, Same Direction

make fast

Hoisting

.

Cargo Handling speed Operation

make fast

Control

Joy Stick T Bar

Prevent

၍ Load

SWL 25 to 100 Tonnes

Half Barrel, OppositeDirection

T Bar (or) Floating Bridle Bar

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

217 5.Hallen Derrick  D Frame Mast

Single Derrick

Out Trigger Rod

Each end of the mast

Outrigger Stay

 D Frame Derrick

. Limit Angle Over the Ship Side

(

80

.) Fore and Aft Line

Derrick

Maximum Outboard Angle

D Frame

Topping Lift

Prevent

 Topping/Slewing Winch

One Control System (Joy Stick

)

Both Winch

H Third Winch Lifting, Sewing and Hoisting



15 Operate to 200 Tonne

operator

Operate 80

Hoisting Operate

Horizontal Slewing

.

Derrick Angle 15 Cargo capacity up

Operate



Same Direction For Topping



One Heaving and One Slacking For Slewing

MG PYAR GYI

Derrick Angle

Control and Stabilise

 Out Trigger Pennants

Maintain

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

218 6.Stulken Heavy Lift Derrick  Derrick

Support Derrick

V Shape Mast

 Lifting Plants

Two Adjacent Hatches Operate

Hoisting Winch

H

Two Gears One Person



O

Permanently Rigged



Seal Bearing Same Inclined Masts

Union Purchase

H

SWL Tonne 800

1. Samson Post, 2. Heavy Derrick, 3. Cargo Fall Tackle, 4. Topping Lift Tackle, 5.Winch 6. Topping Lift Winch, 7. Ladder, 8. Cross- Tree, 9. Derrick 10,11,12 Cargo Fall Leading Blocks 13. Topping Lift Leading Blocks, 14. Flemish Hook ,15. Connecting Tranverse

329. Cargo Gear (Crane) Pedestal Crane  Sipboard Pedestal Crane

Rotate

Permanently Mounted Cabin, Winches

Main House

Jib (which projects from pedestal) Housing



H Sti MG PYAR GYI

.

Crane

Housing

၍

Winch

H Jib

Winch

Topping

Operator Cabin

Joy

Control JUST REFERENCE ONLY

219  Crane 

360 degree rotation



Good spot loading



Fast Operation



Low maintenance



The SWL of two cranes may be combined when use together



Grabs, Container spreaders etc..can be fitted to the cargo hook

 Safety Featurres

.



Limit switches for topping and hoisting



Jibs angle indicator, indicates the angle of jib which corresponds to the SWL



Two block limit switch, prevents the inadvertent control of the floating number block and jib mounted runner block



Slack wire cut off



SWL cut off prevents a weight in excess of the SWL from being lifted



Topping and Hoisting winch cut off, that cut off the power when less than 3 turns remain on the winches (or) if the wire become fouled



Flashing light place at the end of the jib to prevent accidental contact with shore crane

1.crane pedestal (or crane cohimn, or crane post),2.bolted connection,3.fixed lower structure, 4.superstructure (or crane body, or revolving super- structure),5.slewing ring,6.driving cab, 7.jib (or crane boom),8.jib heel pin or boom heel pin,9.luffing (or topping) cylinder, 10.cargo runner (or hoisting rope, or lifting rope),11.jib head built-in cargo sheaves, 12.crane top built-in cargo sheaves,13.cargo winch,14.rope terminal (thimble),15.shackle, 16.swivel,17.link,18.cargo hook (C-hook, or Liverpool hook),

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

220 330. ‘

Thorough Examination ‘

(2) Derrick



gooseneck

Chain Block

Chain

Block . Derrick



Derrick

Topping Lift

Heel

Shackle

Shackle

. Transfer

Hauling Part

Winch Through Examination

 

Cleaning

Cleaning

Bolt

H

H

Check

Check 

Gooseneck Bracket Pin



good in order

check

Bearing Check 

Grease



Check

Remove

Operation Condition and Cargo Gear”

331. Heavy Lift Cargo

Test

.

Grease

“

Record Entries

Permissible Deck Load

Load Density Plan

(SE pg 107) 

Cargo . Intended Stowage Place

Cargo Area Weight Disribution

Area  Tween Deck

MG PYAR GYI

additional under deck supports

temporary additional pillars

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

221 332. Heavy Lift Cargo Prepara  H 1. H 2. H 3. 4. H

၍ ၥ

Test Run

5.

6. H

Capacity

Plan 7.

refe

8. Inform Engine Room. (if possible E/O stand by) 9. H

၍

 10.

cargo

11. 12.

j

13. 14.

 Best place to load Best place is where extra strengthening is provided by: 1. Longitudinals, plate floors. 2. Solid floors or transeverses. (Examples: along longitudinal center girder, lower hold abaft machinery space.

Load density not to be exceeded.)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

222 333.  Require By PMS (or) Maker Instruction (or) Wire  Wire

Onboard

Crane Wire

Risk Assessment

Rigging Plan

Wire Certificate

Wire

Wire . Size, Type, Length of Wire Rope

Check

Check

PROCEDURE OF CHANGING CRANE CARGO RUNNER CABLE 1.

Hook

Block

2. Limit Switch

Secure

By Pass

3. Wire 4. Wire

Thimble Eye

5. Old Wire 6.

New Wire

Carefully Heave Up

Drum

whipping

Cutter

Wire

Stopper

8. Old Wire

. Drum

2

Disconnect 9. New Wire

Wire

New Wire

Old Wire

7. Wire

Thimble Eye

Slack

Old Wire

. Slowly Drum

Connect

10. Wire

Continue Heaving Up Slowly

Thimble Eye

Thimble Eye

Crane

Wire

Secure 11.

Test Run

12.

“

”

Record Entries

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

223 334. Cargo Operation  Bosun

Derrick Cargo Runner Wire

Store

 Derrick

New Runner Wire

Adequate Height

Winch

Topping down

Block

Broken Wire အ

 Heaving line

Broken wire and Heaving line

အ

Winch

Broken wire

Heaving line

Temporary made fast

 Winch

Clear

Heaving line

Winch

Roll on

flaked

New runner wire

Heaving line

 New runner wire runner wire

Winch

Slowly heave up

Winch

Near the winch area

အ

. Heaving Line

Bent

Slowly heave up

Winch

Heaving line

Winch . Secure point

clamped

Winch

Clear

New

Heave Up

Test run 335. Cargo Blocks Maintenance  Block .

Overhauling and

Block

E

Distance piece

A

.

Axle bolt

Sheave

Sheave, Bush and Axle bolt

Remove

Split Pin

Axle pin

remove

Remove

Bush bearing

remove

Inside the centre of sheave and centre of bush

 grease

Old

remove and clean

 Inspection 1. Swivel head fittings, 2.Binding, 3.Side or partition plates, 4.Sheaves, 5.Axle Pin 1. Swivel head fittings

.

Shank

Net or Collar of Shank

Distortion (

)

Examine

Freely by hand

Grease or Oil 2. Binding

. Fractures or corrosion

3. Side or partition plates 4.

H

H

Check Bush

H

5.

Check

Holding Nut

Split Pin Pass Through

Axle Pin

Securely and

Split Pin

6.

Regular Lubrication

Lubrication

Remove 7. Grease Nipple

၍ Block

Blocks with it Shackles 8.

Rigging plan .

”

.

Compare and check Register of ship Lifting Appliances

Old equipments certificate

New

Replace MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

224

336. Windless

Break Test

Break Test

(2) Power

 Small Gap

Windless Power Break



Windless . Movement

Chain

Reverse Gear . Space

Turn Out

Gear

. Movement

/

337. Type of Anchor Type of Anchor (3) 1. Stock Anchor Construction

Advantage

 Stock ¼ weight of the remainder  Fluk

)

 Stock horizontally herself

Disadvantage

 No moving parts

o Difficult to Store

 No chokes

o

 Stock

. Great

Swing upper fluke . Cable

stability

maintain  Holding power about 2.8 times of its weight

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

225 2. Patent Stockless Anchor Construction

Advantage

 No stock

 Hawse pipe

 Head

End of shank

o Difficult to Store

heave up

Pivot

 Quickly Secured

 Angle of rotation shank

Disadvantage

axis of

 Ready for letting go

45

 Head weight

o Stock

 Good holding power 60% of total

weight

(good holding ground

) o Heavy load . Anchor

3 4 time of its weight )

180 o Anchor to be weight & sighted regularly

3. Admiralty Cast Anchor (AC-14) Construction  Admiralty

Advantage . . Type

 Standard merchant ship anchor  Every type of seabed

Practically test

 Great stability  Holding power

Stockless anchor

2.5

3

time

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

226 338. Stockless Anchor Stockless Anchor 1. Anchor Ring (or) Anchor Crown Shackle 2. Shank 3. Bill (or) Pea 4. Fluke (or) Palm 5. Arm 6. Throat 7. Blade (or) Tripping palm 8. Crown 9. Head

.

339. Anchor Certificate

(SE pg 68)

(a) The Certificate serial number. (b) Name of the Certifying Authority. (c) Name of the testing establishment. (d) Name of the Supervisor of Tests and their signature. (e) The mark or logo of the testing establishment, if any. (f) Type of anchor. (g) Length of the shank in millimetres. (h) Length of arms in millimetres. (i)

‘

(j) Proof load applied, in tonnes. (k) Weight of the anchor. ‘

plicable.

340. Cable and Anchor Anchor Arm X = Serial Number of Test Certificate Y = Letter of Certifying Authority 341.

.

 Stub link

MG PYAR GYI

. အ

Kicking & Longitudinal stretching strength 15%

Stub

.အ

Open welded

join

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

227 342. Chain Cable

.

check

 Wrought iron, Forged mild steel, Cast steel Visual inspection



.

Link

. Stub

Stub

 Calibration

.

Link

. Diameter

D1  D1

Original diameter . Less than 88%

343. Anchor Crown  Method (3)

Cable

renew

.

.

Alternative 1 1. Anchor

Anchor Crown Shackle

2.

Open end link . Enlarged link

3.

Kenter shackle . Common link

OE

Alternative 2 1. Anchor

Anchor Crown Shackle

2.

D type end shackle

3.

Open end link, Enlarged link . Common link

4.

Kenter shackle . Common link (‘

.

) DOEC

Alternative 3 1. Anchor 2.

KC

KC

Anchor Shackle Swivel

Enlarged link Kenter shackle . Common link

SE MG PYAR GYI

KC

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

228 344. Joining shackle Joining shackle (2) 1. Lugged Joining Shackle 

Bolt, Spine



Spin Pin Topper

1/16

2. Lugless Joining Shackle 

Non corrosive nickel steel .



Stub,



Spin pin tapper 1/32

. Secure

345. Cable . Diameter 

.

Link



MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

229 346. Anchor

care

1.

Anchor

2.

Wash down

3.

alternate

hic l encrusted

Anchor

slow speed . Wash

4. Thick grease . Regular wash 5.

အ

Retest (

.) Heat treatment

6. Stockhalm tar (or) Special chain paint . Regular coating Alter, Wash, Grease, Paint 347. Chain

care

1.

Regular wash

2.

Wear and Tear

Examine

%

Renew 3. 4.

Repaired (

.) Replaced

cabel

statutory proof load

5. Stockhalm tar (or) Special chain paint . Regular coating 6. Chain locker

Dock (or) 1st 2 3 shackles

Range

cabel

Transpose

348. Transpose Anchor . 1st 2 3 shackles Chain locker

Dock (or)

Bitter end

. Changes

Brittle

. Wear & Tear 349. Joining Shackle At survey

Joining shackle

) Lead pellets 350. Chain Locker

care re-examined thoroughly

clean, grease & assembly the parts

Regular check care

 Thoroughly Clean Out  

thoroughly

  Eductor pump (if possible)

MG PYAR GYI

check & test

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

230 351.

Test

 Anchor . Total weight (including the stock)

75kg

B4 put in service

 Cable 12.5 mm (Diameter) stress

test

(tensile breaking

. Each shackle

) Flaw (

3

sample

), weakness, defor

 Anchor & Cable

Proof

Test

Factory

test

inspect

Surveyor

Certificate

Certificate

Sr No., Name or Mark of certfy athourity, Supervsor Name, Type, Length,

352. Bitter End / Hurricane Pin 1. End Link

Chain locker

bulkhead

Steel lug

Hurricane

Lock

Split pin 2. Cable end link

Upper part of the chain locker

Steel lug ၌ Secure

(

.)

secure 3. Port and Starboard anchor

End link

Join

353. What is the Slipping Cable? 

.

emergency .

(2)

 From Deck (or) From Chain Locker (Bitter End) 

MG PYAR GYI

Anchor Buoy . Attach

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

231

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

232 354.  Point  Bridge  Anchoring plan

plan

(2)

Plan A & Plan B

)

 Plan 1. Port control

contact

2.

mark

3. Note down 4.

Anchor ready

 

H



Both anchor



Power on winch

.



Clear away properly work



Anchor

check

A cockbill position

Break

Bridge

report

355.  Anchorage area

check

 Depth of water, Nature of bottom, Shulter, Communication

356.

How many shackle are you drop? Sufficient scope of chain



Scope

1. Nature of holding ground (stiff clay, rock, shells & stones, mud) clay and mud is best 2. Sea room available for the circle of swing traffic density 3. Shelter 4. Expected weather, wind, current conditions 5. Load / Ballast 6. Depth of water 7. length of time vessel going to stay at anchor

357. Sufficient Scope  Anchor cable

 (

- Anchor seabed %

MG PYAR GYI

15

%

Anchor seabed

25

) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

233 358. 1.

yawing sign

2.

j

3. Cable

transit bearing

long stay

steady

4. Cable vibration

slacken and tighten alternatively

.

5. Anchor dragging alarm

earlier set up

6. In the electronic navigation aids (RADAR, ARPA)

speed over ground

359. What is Yawing? How do you control yawing? Yawing



(about 25 Port & Stb

dangerous sign)

Control



1. Using rudder and the engine (Steering .

wheel

)

2. Anchor . nd

3. 2

anchor

under foot

4. Open moor

)

360. (3) I.Depth less than 20m 

Depth of water

 

Let go on the run

Hold on and Brake Cable

check

II.Depth over 20m 

Seabed

4 to 5m

 III.Depth less than 20m 

Operation

(Walk Back = Windlass Power

Cable

)

361. Calm Weather 1. Slow speed . approach 2.

momentum .

head way

3. Vessel speed 0.5 4. Head way

Pre plan anchor

. Let go anchor

(head way )

5. Dead slow astern 6. Vessel

cable

astern drift

Stop engine

7. Stern way

Cable (

Lay out cable

) 8. MG PYAR GYI

scope

Hold on and Brake JUST REFERENCE ONLY

234 362.

Buoy Risk Assessment



(Hang wire, Chain hook, Anchor lashing



material, Buoy shackle, Two slip wire, Messanger rope etc..)

Sufficient SWL

Hangging Off Anchor  Heaving line

Hawse pipe

 Heaving line

Shackle Anchor

shackle

Hawse Pipe

Anchor crown shackle

 Anchor crown

Anchor crown shackle Pull wire

shackle on

Shackle on

)

Pull wire

Fair lead

Anchor  Anchor

Pull wire

.

Anchor crown shackle

 Drum

Pull Wire Pull wire

Drum

Bit

oining shac le on dec

 Joining (Kenter) shackle

continue to walk back

Hawse pipe

cable အ

cable

lashing

dismentle

(lead pellet

remove

spile pin

sui  Swivel

Bow stopper or other

. Lashing

Spurling pipe (Chain Locker)



Bit

secure cable

ca le-securing arrangement

H

H

 

Wrapping drum

stud

extracted

)

short link . common shackle

 Messenger rope

centre lead

sha

Hawse pipe

Joining shackle .

4-5

secure

 Buoy

Cable

Hawse pipe

Buoy shackle

2 slip wires

ready Buoy  Buoy position

Bridge

 Buoy .

Head line



Mooring rope



Buoy .

 Mooring crw

Frequently report Mooring crew heave up

uo

Buoy shackle . Cable cable

Mooring crew

Buoy shackle

report

Head line

Buoy

)

Adjust Buoy

connected

(Shackle on

buoy)  Bridge

report

Slip wire

Port & Stb

Slip wire

Slip wire 

Stand by mooring



MG PYAR GYI

အ

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

235

363.

Buoy

Approch

Buoy

Right handed propeller အ Against the tide

At calm sea, with the tide

 Wire

MG PYAR GYI

Stb side

? (2)

365. 

Buoy

Port Side

364. Buoy Buoy

Side

(1) Buoy . Ring

(2) Bouy . Attach chain

shackle . Join

Buoy Buoy အ

m or

m Cable

al

ac

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

236 366. Clearing the Foul Hawse  Clearing the foul hawse

Tide

(6

.)

equipmen

 

10 x 15 mm



20 x 25 mm Both cable

 Turn



Both cable f

Heave up . Shackle

Fibres rope

.  Wire

Shoulder

 Sleeping cable

On deck

wire



(Kenter) shackle

Sleeping cable Walk back Sleeping cable

cable  End of the cable 

MG PYAR GYI

. Shackle

Joining

dismentle

Messenger wire rope



Preventer wire

Direction Secure

Sleeping cable round turn Messenger wire

Hawse pipe

End of the cable heave up

Riding Secure

Easing wire

slack

Procedure

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

237 367. Ship Handling Ship handling (2) 1. Under Control === (6) 2. Not Under Control ===(4) Under Control 1.Engine Propeller

Not Under Control 1.Wind

2.Rudder

2.Tide / Current

3.Thruster

3.Sea / Swell

4.Anchor

4.Hydrodynamic Effect

5.Tug 6.Mooring Lines 368. Propeller Single Screw

Twin Screw

Single Screw

(1) Fixed Propeller (2) CP Propeller

Fix Propeller

(1) Right Handed (2) Left Handed Propeller Propeller

Single Screw

Fixed Propeller

Left Handed

Twin Screw

CP Propeller

Right Handed

369. Controllable Pitch Propeller (CP propeller) . Feature 1. Constant direction (one way

)

2. Constant RPM 3. Constant control & change of pitch angle 4.

Propeller

5. Transverse Thrust

(due to constant direction)

370. CP propeller . Advantage & Disadvantage Advantages 1. i ed turning speed 2. ropeller damage

Disadvantages 1. Installation cost Spare blade အ

2. Maintenance & Repair အ

andling

3. Main engine 4. Compressor . Compressed air 5. Bridge MG PYAR GYI

Direct Control JUST REFERENCE ONLY

238

371. Propeller

Thrust

Thrust

(1) Fore & Aft Thrust (2) Tranverse Thrust

372. Transverse Thrust အ

 Propeller

အ အ

Lower Blade

pper lade

အ အ

(Transverse Thrust)

Tranverse Thrust For Left Handed Propeller 

Ahead

Bow Cant To Port



Astern

Bow Cant To Starboard

Tranverse Thrust For Right Handed Propeller 

Ahead

Bow Cant To Starboard



Astern

Bow Cant To Port

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

239 373. Astern 1. 2.

Fore & Aft Thrust

3.

(stern seeks the wind)

374. Rudder Type Normally (4) types 1. Unbalanced Single Plate Rudder  No longer Use, Old fashion  Whole surface area

Turning area .

 Turning effect 2. Semi Balanced Mariner Type Rudder 

Very popular rudder



Especially container & twin screw vessels

3. Balanced Bolt Axle Rudder 

Turn



Steering gear



Smaller force Bolt .

. Running cost Support

. Rudder

 

Rudder area . 70-75%

-

%

Axle

4. Balanced Bolt Axle Rudder 

(such as : Ferries and Roll on- Roll off ships)



Not common in other type of vessels



Main disadvantage

Total weight of rudder

375. Rudder Effect 1. Astern

Rudder bearing

? Rudder effect

2. With the current MG PYAR GYI

Hull

Rudder effect JUST REFERENCE ONLY

240 376. Bow Thruster  

Speed



Under 3 knots can use, can effect



“



“



Heavy weather condition

Effect

” – Engine . Rudder ”

377. Anchor

“

One ship length

Vessel

”

H

Require ship heading

can assist

.

1. Emergency Stop 2. Snub round

)

3.

.

4.

)

5.

)

378. Dredging down . Dropping down Dredging down 

Vessel

Against the tide condition

Along the bottom

Anchor

Drift  

Vessel speed over ground Rudder

Rate of current

(but little effect)

Dropping down 

Vessel

Against the tide condition

stream e

Just clear sea bed position

Tidal

Drift



Speed over ground



Rudder e

MG PYAR GYI

Anchor

Tidal stream speed

Control

၍

Vessel

Control

Engine (

.) Anchor

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

241 379. Anchor Dredging 1. 2. To control over speed 380. Anchor Dredging 1. Anchor let go

Normal slow speed

Maintain

(

.

) 2. Anchor

Berth

Sufficient time

3. Anchor fluke drop 4. Normal slow speed

Anchor dig ( speed up

Early ship stop Pivot point normal position )

Depth . 1.5

6. Weight on the Anchor 7. Cable

) (

Anchor . effective 5. Cable

Walk out

Keep

gentle and steady

slow manoeuvre

Operation

Rushing operation 8. Berth

Cable

9. Sea bed 10. Adequate UKC

.

.

381. Tug  Tug  Tug Girting

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

242 382. Tug  

. .အ



.အ

Pivot point .

Away from pivot point



Pivot

Head way

1/4L from forward



Pivot

Stern way

1/4L from stern



Pivot

Nearly Amidships

383. Tug Pivot . Tug distance Tug

Pivot .

Force/Power

(

.) Pivot

Tug

Ship

Force

.

384. Tug Interaction Ship to Another ship ri er

 Interaction Interaction (3)

an

အ

.အ

Ship to Ship, Ship to Shore, Ship to Ground.

 Causes: Ship . Around the hull

 

.



Zero current speed



Vessel

.

Pressure bulb

Hydodynamic

+ve

– e pressure ul

Ship

. Domain . Another vessel . Domain

.

Domain theory 

Shallow water

MG PYAR GYI

Operate

Interaction effect

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

243 385. Interaction Effect 1. Both ship

.

Reduce speed

2.

Increase safe speed

Speed

3. Shallow water

Interaction effect

4. Between vessel

Distancce

5. Another ship . Domain 6. Shallow water

MG PYAR GYI

(Golden Rule)

. Care & vigilance keep

. Depper water

Cross

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

244 386. Tug Girthing / Girting / Girding (Tug

)

Causes 1. Ship 2. Ship

From Tug

Turn Away

Speed

3. Coperation between Ship & Tug 4. Communication

.

. .

Precaution Gob Rope

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

245 387. Mooring

Handling

 Jetty

Slow speed .

 H

Just pick up the slack

(

Jerk Motion

)  H

388. Ship Handling  Wind effect

Wind Effect During stop & slow speed control

Normal



.

Full speed .



. Centre of wintage area . Pivot point

. Effect

At Even Keel 1. When stop == Pivot at nearly admidships (P) Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W) “ 2. When H

”

.

. )

== Pivot at nearly ¼ from forward (P) Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W) “Run

3. When

”

)

== Pivot at nearly ¼ from stern (P) Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W) “Wind bore into ”

)

By the Stern 1. When H

== Pivot W

. (P) .(W)

So vessel Weak turning lever 2. When

==

(P) . (W) So vessel Good turning lever

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

246

389. Kick Ahead Maneuvering / Slow Speed Control 1. Only suitable low speed 2. Rudder

Heading

3. Speed

.

Speed Astern period

. Period

. Kick Ahead . Procedure 

Require side



Sufficient Power Ahead (Kick Ahead)

 

MG PYAR GYI

Rudder

. (Only short time period) Engine

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

247 390. What Is The Lateral Motion?   Due to centrifugal force (

)

 Large full body of ship

(Bulk Carrier)

391. What Is The Transverse Thrust? Why occur? 1. Propeller

Sideway Thrust

2. Pressure

. Centre of gravity

3. Near the surface

Upper blade

Lower blades

Transverse effect

Cancel

. 4. Right handed propeller 5. Transverse thrust

When going ahead

Going ahead

6.

Going astern

. Fine line designed

7. Load vessel

Stern

Light vessel

392. What Is Another Name Of The Transverse Thrust?  T - Tranverse Thrust  S - Sideway Thrust  S - Screwing Thrust  S - Starting Bias (

)

 A - Athwartship Thrust 393. What Is The Turning Circle? Large and Small  Vessel

Wheel

၍ 360 Path

?

.

roughly circular

Vessel

.

 Vessel Turning %

Original Original

(path)

180

.

90

.

Original Speed

Original Speed

 Depends On => (1) Draft (2) Trim (3) List (4) Steerage quality (5) No. & Type of propeller (6) Current (7) Wind MG PYAR GYI

(5)

/

(2) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

248 394. Turning Circle Large / Increase

Small / Decrease

1.Longer Ship

1.Shorter Ship

2.Trim By the Stern

2.Trim By the Head

3.Towards List

3.Against List

4.To leeward

4.To Windward

5.Shallow Water (2

)

5.Deep Water

395. What is Advance?  Rudder  Average Advance

MG PYAR GYI

Turn through 90

Distance travell

3

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

249 396. What is Transfer? 

(original track)

90 alter

Point

Distance travelled.

397. What is Tactical Diameter? 

(original track)

180 alter

Point

Distance travelled.

398. What is Drift Angle?  Turning Circle

Line

Vessel

Fore & Aft

 Turning Cicle

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

250 399.  4 Simultaneous Actions === (1) Raise Alarm (2)Engine Stop (3) Helm Hard Over To Man Fall Side (4) MOB Buoy Release  After Simultaneous Actions = (5) Inform Master (6) Activate GPS Mode Marker (7)Post Special Look Out With Binocular (8) Disrtribute Portable VHF & Loud Hailer (9) Prepare Rescue Boat Alternative Mean (10) TPA, Immersion Suit, First Aids Kits (11) Borcast Urgency Signal (12) Sound Signal 3 Prolong Blasts (13) Rig Pilot Ladder/ Nets 400. IAMSAR (3)

(1) Willason Turn (2) Anderson Turn (3) Sharnov Turn

401. RV 1. Willison Turn 2. Radar Reflector 3. Rescue boat & Casuality 4.

Radar plotting

Casuality

5. Rule 35

Proper Fog Signal

402. Willison Turn

. . Advantage & Disadvantage

“ perate”= (1) Initial Course

60 off course

(2) 60

.

(

(3) Imitial Course . Reciprocal Course

) 20

wheel wheel

. Amidship

Reciprocal Course . Steady “

”= Day or Night, Poor Visibility

“

” = Automatic Return Feature

“

”= Not quick in emergency

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

251 403. Single Delay Turn

. . Advantage & Disadvantage

“ perate”= (1) Continuous Sharp Look Out (3) Calm weather

.

.

wheel hard over

Otherwise to Windward

“

” = Vicinity

“

”= Not automatic return feature Manfall not on continuous one side

404. Double Turn “ perate”= (1) Hard Over to Man Fall Side & Continuous Sharp Look Out (2) Steady Reciprocal Course (3) Reciprocal Course

Manfall point

30

Hard Over to

Manfall Side Again (4) Initial Course “

” = Manfall

.

Automatic Return Feature

MG PYAR GYI

. Look out Vicinity

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

252 405. Short Rond Turn  No wind & No current Thrust

vessel

own ship length

180

Transverse

၍

 Sea Room

Short Round Turn

“ perate”= (1) Wheel

Hard Over to

(2) First Sign of Headway

. Stop Engine

(3) Wheel

(Vessel

Bow

Starboard

Starboard )

(4) Astern way

No. 1 Procedure

Vessel

180 Round Turn

406. Snub Rond Turn (Assume Right Handed Propeller)  Vessel

with the tide .

Tranverse thrust, Current effect

round turn Anchor

Turn

Vessel

 “ perate”= (1) Right H

. STB Anchor ready

(2) Minimum Headway / Momentum Ahead . (3) Wheel

H Engine A

(5) Tide .

.

Let go anchor

Depth of water . 2

/2 Shackles

Snub (hold on) cable (6) Wheel

MG PYAR GYI

Vessel

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

253 407. Mooring Mooring (5) Anchor

Anchor Mooring (3)

Alongside

Alongside

Mooring (2)

= (1) Open Moor (2) Standing Moor (3) Running Moor

Mooring (2)

408. Anchorage .

(3)

= (4) Baltic Moor (5) Mediterranean Moor

Mooring . Advantage

Advantages

Disadvantages

1. Swinging room

1.

2. Scope can be adjusted (Same as Single Anchor)

2.

2nd anchor

.

H

3. Sleeping Anchor

Riding Anchor

4. Beam wind

Vessel

.

Tight Span

409. Mooring 1. Foul Hawse

continuous watch

2. Foul arc

Clear arc

3. Vessel

on each tidal stream

4.

determine

Engine

maintain (

Foul arc /

Clear arc)

Clear arc Adjust

5. Weather (especially wind direction)

frequently check

6. Tidal change Anchor Term Render Cable = Brake Slack Apply Veer Cable

= Under Power (Gear)

(Walk Back) Surge Cable = Freely Run Out (Break Well Open) Snub Cable = Hold On Chain

410.

Vessel

Fast Speed

. Appoch

2 mile

  Another vessel

action

vessel

engine

 Engine 

Pay out anchor cable and drop back astern



Heave in on the anchor cable and pull the vessel ahead



Go hard over with rudder and give the vessel sheer

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

254 411. Open Moor “

” == (1) Large wintage area (2) Typhoon Anchorage (3) Heavy weather, Strong wind

“

Open Moor

” ==(1) Wind / Current

(Wind and Current direction )

(2) Minimum head way . (3) Weather (or) Upstream Anchor

Let go on the run (Render)

(4) Minimum head way .

(Veer

(5) 1/3 of the final length (or) 1/3 of the cable used pay out 2nd Anchor

(6) (7) 1st Anchor

2nd Anchor

2nd Anchor

Drift down (8) Cable

1st Anchor

)

Hold on

Veer

Require final length Hold on

Brake

Angle

120

412. Tide Span T tonnes stress . Stress ½ T tonnes

cable

angle

cable . Cable

120

. cable

½ T tonnes stress Tide span

MG PYAR GYI

(See Fig)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

255 413. Standing Moor “

” == (1) Strong Wind (2) Strong Current (3) Swinging Area Limit (S

Standing Moor )

Against the Wind and Current “

” ==(1) Wind / Current

Against

Sufficient Minimum Head Way Way .

(2) Intended Position st

(or) 1 Anchor (3) Vessel

Weather Anchor Let go on the run

Down Stream .

( 1 Render) Weather Anchor

Rander

Lee Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor

(4) 2nd Anchor

(5

st

Gear

(2nd Veer) 1st Anchor

Veer

Let go Gear

Heave Up 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up

(6) Require Intended Position (7

Weather Anchor 5 shackles Brake

Hold On .

(8

MG PYAR GYI

one shackle

Weight

Riding Anchor

.

shackles

shackles

) . Sleeping Anchor

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

256 Against the Tide and Beside the Wind “

” == (1) Wind / Current

Against

Sufficient Minimum Head Way .

(2) Intended Position st

(or) 1 Anchor (3) Vessel

Lee Anchor st

Let go on the run

( 1 Render)

Down Stream .

Lee Anchor

(4) (5

2nd Anchor

Gear

Veer

Rander

Weather Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor

Let go

(2nd Veer) 1st Anchor

Gear

Heave Up 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up

(6) Require Intended Position (7

Lee Anchor 5 shackles . Weather Brake

Hold On .

(8

one shackle

Weight

.

shackles

shackles

)

Riding Anchor

. Sleeping Anchor

414. Standing Moor  Standing moor, ordinary moor, dropping moor, straight moor

MG PYAR GYI

( D. S. O. S)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

257 415. Running Moor “

(Flying Moor)

” == Stan

Against the Wind and Current “

” ==(1) Current

Against

Minimum Head Way . Sufficient Minimum Head Way

. (2) Intended Position st

(or) 1 Anchor

(4 shackles Let go on the run

(3) Minimum head way .

Lee Anchor st

( 1 Render) Lee Anchor

Rander

Weather Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor

(4) Let go 2nd Anchor

(5

Gear

(2nd Veer) 1st Anchor

Veer

Gear

Heave Up 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up

(6) Require Intended Position (7

Lee Anchor 5 shackles . Weather Brake

Hold On .

(8

MG PYAR GYI

one shackle

Weight

Riding Anchor

.

shackles

shackles

) . Sleeping Anchor

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

258 Against the Tide and Beside the Wind “

” == (1) Current

Against

Sufficient Minimum Head Way .

(2) Intended Position

(4 shackles -

st

Anchor (or) 1 Anchor

Let go on the run

(3) Minimum head way .

( 1 Render)

Weather Anchor

Rander

Lee Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor

(4) (5

Weather st

2nd Anchor

Gear

(2nd Veer) 1st Anchor

Veer

Let go Gear

Heave Up 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up

(6) Require Intended Position (7

Lee Anchor 5 shackles Brake

Hold On .

(8

MG PYAR GYI

Weight

one shackle Riding Anchor

.

shackles

shackles

) . Sleeping Anchor

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

259 416. Baltic Moor “

” == (1) Wharf

(not sufficient robust)

(2) On Shore Gale Wind (3) Fender “

concrete jetty

” ==

(not jetty)

(2) Off Shore Anchor (3) 25 30 mm

Acockbil

flexible wire rope

Off Shore Anchor . Crown Shackle (4) Ship side (5)

Jetty

.

Join

Snub (hold on) (7) Cable . Wire scope (Vessel weight

Light Seizing

Jetty . Abeam Distance One Ship Let go

(6) About ½

MG PYAR GYI

.

.

Minimum Haed Way . Length

Poop Deck

Surge (brake will open) Vessel

Jetty

Adjust

. Drift Slowly veer

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

260 417. Mediterranean Moor “

” == (1) Limited Wharf Space (2) Loading / Discharging from Stern (3) Fender

“

concrete jetty

” ==(1) Minimum Head Way st

1 Bitt

Jetty . Abeam distance 2 ship length Off shore anchor

Let go

Off Shore Anchor (1st Anchor)

(2) Minimum Head Way

Render (3) 1st Anchor

Wheel hard 1st Anchor Snub

2nd Anchor

Let go (4) Engine Astern Anchor (5) Stern way

Vessel

Render

အ

1st Anchor

. Engine Stop

.

Vessel stern way

2nd

Shortening in Engine

Wheel

Vessel

Jetty

90 (6)

adjust

Stern line . Stern line

. Just pick up the slack (7) Heave Up Cable and Tight (8)

MG PYAR GYI

Stern . Wharf Secure

clearance Weight of Ship

2cables

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

261 418. 1. Minimum Head Way Slow Speed Control . 2. Jetty

25

30

heading

Fore & Aft Station Standby

Approch

3. Jetty

Engine Stop

Vessel

Momentum .

4. Jetty

Bow

Vessel

Jetty

5. Head Line

419.

Just Pick Up the Slack

Starboard

1. Minimum Head Way Slow Speed Control . 2. Jetty

Bow . 10

Fore & Aft Station Standby

Approch

3. Jetty

Engine Stop

Vessel

Momentum

. 4. Jetty (One Ki

H ( Bow

Jetty

Take off the way

Engine

Burst ahead

.)

5. 6. Head Line

MG PYAR GYI

Just Pick Up the Slack

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

262 420. What Is 6 Degrees Freedom of Motion? Linear motion

Rotational motion

Surging is motion along the longitudinal axis. Rolling is motion around the longitudinal axis. Swaying is motion along the transverse axis.

Pitching is motion around the transverse axis.

Heaving is motion along the vertical axis

Yawing is motion around the vertical axis.

421. H Pooping Effect

)

1. Cause == Vessel . Quarterly

Velocity (Spd + Dir) of Sea

equal

Speed 2. Phenomenon==

Bad weather

stern

direct

Vessel . 3. Consequence ==

Propeller & Rudder

Engine Room Flooding

4. Corrective Action == Alter Course

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

263 Surf Riding Effect (Surfing) (

.

)

1. Cause == Following

Velocity of Wave

Speed

Surf Riding

2. Phenomenon== Vessel 3. Consequence ==

H

4. Corrective Action ==

1.8

Brouch To (Surfing

.

)

1. Consequence ==

Heel and Heading

2. Corrective Action == Speed

.

1.4

Sychronise Rolling Effect 1. Cause == Vessel Rolling Period

Abeam Sea

Encounter Wave Period (Apparent Wave) Sychronis

2. Phenomenon== Each Roll 3. Consequence == Rolling Angle

) Rolling

Cargo

.

4. Corrective Action == Alter Course

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

264 Sychronise Pitching Effect 1. Cause == Vessel Pitching Period

Following Sea

Encounter Wave Period

(Apparent Wave)

Sychronise Pitching

2. Phenomenon== Exce

)

3. Consequence ==

H

4. Corrective Action == Alter Course and Speed Parametric Rolling Effect 1. Cause == Vessel Pitching Period 

H

Danger of Wave Length = 1.0 1.5 Ship Length (i.e Pitch Quick, Roll Slow)

 

=

.

)

(Eg. Container ship) 

Least Effect = Box Shape Vessel (or) Full Form Berge

2. Phenomenon== - Stern Dip & Vsl Roll - Vessel Roll - Rolling character

Bow Different at stern and bow

3. Consequence ==- Parted Lashing, Container Lost Onerboard - Stuctural failure, Severe Ship & Cargo damage

4. Corrective Action == (1)Ballasting for GM (2) Anti-rolling acting stabilizing system (3) Hydraulic fin stabilizer (4)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

265 422. Encounter Wave Period== (Time interval between the passage of two successive crests relative to Shipborne observer. Sometime called Period of Encounter) Absolute Wave Period ==

Fix Point

423. Pounding ==

Load stress (Greatest - Light condition)

Pitching == Unequal water pressure on shell plating (Greatest -- Head way condition) 424. H “

” == Cause == Corrective Action ==

“Slamming”

== .

Cause

== Pitch (10)

. Slam (1)

Corrective Action ==

ၲ

Course Adjust

“

” Cause == 25% racing danger Corrective Action == Speed . Course adjust

425. 1. Sluuggish Movement Cause

)

== Vessel

Displaced .

Instantly Replace

Water Partial Vacuum Phenomenon

== Helm respond & Engine .

Corrective Action == 2. Vibration == Shallow water

.

3. Steering == Shallow water

steering becomes

4. Smelling the Ground Cause

== Stern

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

266 5. Interaction === Shallow water 

Ship to ground Interaction (Squat)



Ship to Ship Interaction (Domain Theory)



Ship to Shore Interaction (Bow Caushion,Bank Suction)

Ship to ground Interaction (Squat) 

Vessel

Hull

Displced

replace Under ship



Depth

Draft . 1

Bow wave

Pressure

Aft part

1.5

Ship to Ship Interaction (Domain Theory) Ship . Around the hull

 

.



Zero current speed



Vessel

.

Pressure bulb

Hydodynamic

+ve

– e pressure ul

Ship

. Domain . Another vessel . Domain

.

Domain theory 

Shallow water

MG PYAR GYI

Operate

Interaction effect

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

267 Ship to Shore Interaction (Bow Caushion, Bank Suction) 

Narrow channel . Bank

Bank side

Bank

flow of water

Velocity of water Tranverse Thrust

bank ( 

Bow

away from

Stern

Corrective action

. Helm

Bank

Speed

426. Sign of Ship Squat Hull

== -Suddenly Vibrate -Forward Wave Increase -

H

Bridge ==-RPM (1) Open water 15% (2) Confined water 20% -SPD (1) Open water 35% (2) Confined water 75% - Draft Indicator change - Echo sounder change Manoeuvring ==-Rudder efficiencies - More sluggish -Stopping distance time -Turning circle

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

268 427. What Is the Factor Governing Squat ? Factors governing squat: Squat varies on the following factors:  Ship's speed: Squat is directly proportional to the square of speed. (squat  Block co-efficient: Squat directly varies with Cb. (squat

Vk2) V=speed in knots

Cb)

 Blockage factor (S): It is the ratio between cross section of the vessel and cross section of the canal or river. Squat varies with blockage factor as. S= So, in confined water, squat is more than in open water. Squat may be calculated by the following simplified formulae: Squat = (Cb X Vk2 ) / 100

(In open waters)

2

Squat = (Cb X Vk ) / 50 (Cb =

(In confined waters)

)

Precaution Squat may cause grounding in spite of enough UKC. Squat to be calculated beforehand. Speed to be reduced to reduce squat. While determining UKC, squat for the speed to be taken into consideration. 428. Effect of Bends (i) Concave ( Convex ( )

) == water fast == slack or reverse

Corrective Action (ii) With the Tide

=== Close to Point

Against the Tide=== Keep to Bend

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

269 429. H -

H

-H

H

-

Stability matter, Deck Securing party, Cargo securing party, Navigation & Safety Party Four area Stability . GM

    H   Deck securing party

.

 25 – 30 mm

f

along the deck

rigging

 H

(

Sealing Tape

)

 All ventilator, sounding pipes, goose neck  Deck cranes, gangway

Secure

propely close (

extra lashing

)

clear

  On Deck

secure sounding

 extra lashing



cement (



.

propely cover

rope locker



propely shut

 Propely lashing



check

 All slacken down

 Cargo lashing party

.

 Cargo lashing Team

.

Extra lashing  Lashing

( lashing

)

  Cahin

Wire

၍ lashing

Navigation & safety Party

.

 Master

.

 Vessel Position Verify

Update Weather Position

 Update Vessel Position

shore-side authorities

Storm Position Plot

inform

A

  Bridge

Secure



Pounding



Organize watch to suit three man watch principle (OOW, Helm Man & Look Out)

MG PYAR GYI

prevent

. Ample time

Speed

Reduce JUST REFERENCE ONLY

270 430. What is the Bending Moment and Sheering Force? Bending moments  Bending moment

any section beam Section

Either End of the Beam

. Sum of Moments About that Section .  Moment

Magnitude of External Force (Loads or Reactions)

(Loads or Reactions)

di

multiplying

(See Fig)

 Sagging or downwards bending of the beam moment

bending moment

Hogging or upwards bending of the beam

positive bending moment

MG PYAR GYI

External Force

negative bending bending moment

(See Fig)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

271 Shearing Force  Shearing Force

Material

tends to break or shear

Point

Stress

algebraic sum

.  Right-hand side of the material . Sum of forces hand side of the material . Sum of forces

tends to move downwards

tends to move upwards

Left-hand side of the material . Sum of forces downwards

Right-hand side of the material . Sum of forces

Negative Sheer

MG PYAR GYI

Left-

Positive Sheer tends to move

tends to move upwards

(See Fig)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

272 431. What is Hogging and Sagging? Hogging Vessel . Amidships

Both end of the Vessel

(

troughs

Vessel . Bow and Stern Deck

Hogging

Sagging Vessel . Bow and Stern hull

Vessel . Middle of

trough (

Amidship Sagging

.

432. Angle of L

?

Angle of Loll  Vessel

Negative GM

.

 Angle of heel

Centre of Buoyancy . Centre of Buoyancy

Angle of Heel 

capsizing moment

Vertically under G

Angle of Loll

GZ zero

H

(from

1

to

2

in Fig:) Centre of Buoyancy

Angle of Loll

Moment

(shown in Figure.c) oscillate

. centre of buoyancy

far enough

ship will capsize

MG PYAR GYI

vertically under G

. does not move out

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

273 Corrected Action Check

 Top Up (or) Empty

 Lower

Adequtae Satbility



Low Side Smallest Tank Initial stage

List

(Never

start filling high side tank first)

433. What is the Longitudinal Strength Loads?  Longitudinal Strength Loads (such as : bending moment, sheering force and torque acting on a hull girder)  Longitudinal Strength Loads

(2) catigories

1. Static Longitudinal Loads 2. Dynamic Longitudinal Loads 1. Static Longitudinal Loads 

Ship is floating still water condition weight)

buoyancy

Local inequalities of weight (light weight and dead

.

longitudinal direction

i

static bending moment, static

sheering moment and torsinal moment

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

274 2. Dynamic Longitudinal Loads Ship is seagoing condition



. (eg. for example the ship is sailing diagonally across a regular wave) as shown in Fig.

434. What is the Transverse Strength Loads?  Transverse Strength Loads

. Cross section

 Transverse strength loads include: - Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic pressure on the outer shell - Structural weight and cargo weight working on the bottom structure - Inertia force of cargo or ballast due to ship motion, so they induce deformation of the ballast or cargo tanks - Impact loads (slamming and sloshing)  Ship is floating still water condition

(a) the hydrostatic pressure due to the surrounding water

(b) the internal loading due to self weight and cargo weight

Transverse Strength

Loads  Ship is seagoing condition

(c) Inertia force of cargo or ballast due to ship motion, so they

induce deformation of he ballast or cargo tanks 

distortion

Transverse section

defomation

tranverse section

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

275 435.  Vessel

.

Allowable Sheering Forces

Stability Booklets  Generally

.

Location of Frame No.

Location of Frame No.

၍

Dead Weight (all other weight such as the

weight of bunker, fresh water, Allowable Sheering Forces and Bending Moments ၍ 

Bending Moments and Sheering Forces

Location of Frame No. Forces Table

Stability Booklet apply

. Total Bending Moments and Sheering Sheering Forces and Bending Moments Calculation

Calculated Total Bending Moments and Sheering Forces

 Location of Frame No. Stability Booklet

. Limit (See Fig)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

276 436. 1. 2. Instruction on use of the information 3. GA Plan and Drawing 4. Hydrostatic Curve and Table 5. Cross Curve of Stability 6. Capacity Plan or Table 7. Tank Sounding Table 8. Stability Criteria 9. Work Example 10. Description of Stability Calculation 11. Cross Curve of Floading Angle & Information 12. Index of Information 13. Inclining Test Report

.

437. Inclining Test

Inclinin

Inclining Test  Calm & Nice weather (no wind, no heavy rain, on tides)

experiment

carried out

carefully as slack as possible

 Weight



Locked in Position

No loose fluids in

T   Large Trim

 “

”

newly built or rebuilt

Inclining Test  The experiment carried out by the builder when the ship is as near to completion as possible; that is, as near to the light condition as possible.  To find the KG for the light condition  To obtain the vertical position of C.G (Center of Gravity) of the ship

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

277 438. Under Load Line Rules Stability requirements under load line rules (IMO stability criteria)  Area under GZ curve

Up to 30

not less than 0.055 m-radians

 Area under GZ curve

Up to 40 (or) Angle of down flooding

DF

(lesser one)

not less

than 0.09 m-radians  Area under GZ curve

between 30 and 40 (or) Angle of down flooding

DF

(lesser one)

not less than 0.03 m-radians  Maximum GZ at angle  Righting Lever (GZ)

not less than 30 at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30°

 Initial transverse metacentric height (GM)

After free surface correction

at least 0.20m not be less than

0.15M

Stability criteria for Timber ship  Area GZ curve

Up to 40 (or) Angle of down flooding

DF

(lesser one) shall not less than

0.08 m-radians  Maximum GZ

0.25M

 Departure corrected GM  At all time

MG PYAR GYI

not less than 0.10M

GM shall be positive a

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

278 Stability criteria for Grain laden ship  Full Compartment

15 (or) Partially Fill Compartment

Maximum List

25

12

 Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or) angle of flooding if less than 40

DF

( whichever is least)

 After Free Surface Correction

Initial GM

0.075 m-radians

0.3 m

 Many Compartment Trimmed Level



439.  Loading Manual

(To Prevent Excessive Stress in the Ship

Structure)  

Stability data



Ballast & Deballast rate & capacity



Maximum allowable load



Any special restrictions such as limitation on the most advance operation condition imposed by Administration or Organization.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

279 Relative Density The specific gravity (SG) or relative density of a substance is defined as the ratio of the weight of the substance to the weight of an equal volume of fresh water. If a volume of one cubic metre is considered, then the SG or relative density of a substance is the ratio of the density of the substance to the density of fresh water; i.e.

s wholly or partially immersed in a fluid it pears to suffer a loss in mass equal to the mass of the fluid it displaces. Reserve Buoyancy Reserve buoyancy may be defined as the volume of the enclosed spaces above the waterline. It may be expressed as a volume or as a percentage of the total volume of the vessel. FWA The Fresh Water Allowance is the number of millimetres by which the mean draft changes when a ship passes from salt water to fresh water, or vice versa, whilst floating at the loaded draft. It is found by the formula: FWA (in mm) = Displacement (in tonnes) 4 x TPC

DWA ‘

may

‘ ‘ Allowance.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

280

Tonnes per centimetre immersion (TPC) mean draft in salt water by one centimetre, where: TPC = Water-plane area

x Density of water

100 TPC = WPA x 100

Waterline Length The waterline length (originally Load Waterline Length, abbreviated to LWL) is a measurement of the length of the vessel at the point where it sits in the water. It excludes the total length of the ship, such as features that are out of the water.

LBP The length of a ship measured from the forward perpendicular to the after perpendicular.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

281 440. Corrosion Corrosion (3) 1.Corrosion by erosion == Flow past

Hull of the vessel

gradually destruction (

)

(eg. Near the

seawater discharge from hull) 2.Stress Corrosion== Non-uniform cold working corrosion corrosion

Internal stresses

Stress

(Stress corrosion in modern ships occur at weld joints)

3.Galvanic corrosion== Electrolyte solution (eg. Sea water) reaction

corrosion

one of the two metals

corroding away

two different metals

chemical

Galvanic corrosion

441. Impressed current system (cathodic protection)  Immersed external hull only

corrosion

Protection

Several Anodes, Reference electrodes  Principle

system

Controller power unit

.

Hull

protective potential value

adjust and maintained  Reference cell

corrosion

against

Hull

detect

amplifier controller

. .  Amplifier controller changes

adjust

value system

reference cell current

preset protective potential value

reactor rectifier unit

compare

. preset protective potential

amount of current

Reactor rectifier unit

ship electrical

connected protection



.

too

high current  Alkaline condition

.

about 1 metre

.

epoxy resin applied

protective shield non-consumable metal

 (lead/silver and platinum/palla  Impressed current system and shafting protect

rudder and propeller

shaft slip spring Rudder

hull structure flexible cable

protect electrically grounded ground cable

Propeller corrosion corrosion

protect

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

282

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

283 442. Fresh Water Tank Maintenance  Entry into Enclose space entry permit  FWT

Pump out & Clean

comply

every 6months

Open & Maintenance

not

exceed 12 months  FWT Maintenance

F.W Tank

Before pump out

Totally dry (removing moisture) Primer & Coating (lead oxide  Recommanded paint

clean

primer

)

Built up to original coating

expoxy, bituminous or plastic, proprietary composition

ceament wash

(cement

) Thick cement coating

Bottom of the tank  Internal surface maintenance

.

Tank

wear cleaning clothing, foot wear, should not be suffering from skin infection (diarrhea or any co  F.W Tank

Not more than 12 months

Disinfection  1. Chlorinate Line 2. High Test Calcium Hypo-Chlorite 3. Sodium Hypo Chlorite Solution Amount Chlorine compound required for 50 ppm (50mg/liter) Water

Chlorinate Line

H.T Calcium HC

Sodium Hypo –C.S

1000 liters

0.2 kg

0.08 kg

1 liter / 0.5 liter

10 tonnes

2 kg

0.8 kg

10 liters / 5 liters

 Procedures for Disinfection 1. Chlorinate Line . Chlorinate Line .

Dry Bucket or Drum require amount

Tank

2. High Test Calcium Hypo-Chlorite . HTCHC

Dry Bucket or Drum

require amount

Tank

3. Sodium Hypo Chlorite Solution Solution

Require amount H



(6) months

Tank

Chlorine 100 mg/liter . Medical Guide)

 Sample of Fresh water of chlorine

MG PYAR GYI

0.2 ppm

Tap and Shower outlet Test

weekly or monthly (Chlorine Test

(minimum concentration )

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

284 443. Harmonized System of Survey and Certification (HSSC) Purpose of HSSC 1. To reduce difficulties and extra expense for ship owners & operator 2.

. Difference time

Service

Survey

3. Mandatory System 444. Under HSSC

Survey

Survey (7) 1. Initial Survey ==

Service

.

Relavant Requirements

Certificate 2.Annual Survey==

Service

General Inspection 3.Intermediate Survey= Service

Maintaned

. Specified Item (

ၥ

Satisfied

4.Periodical Survey == 5.Renewal Survey == New Certificate Issue 6. Inspection Of Outside Of Ship Bottom ==

(Same As Periodical) . Under Water Part

satisfactory condition and fit for the service

Inspection

Surv 7. Additional Survey ==

Repair (or) Renewal

Requirement

.

445. Under HSSC (7) 1. Cargo S

Maximum Vilidity 5 years

2. Passenger Ship Safety Certificate Vaild 1 year 3. Cargo Ship

Annual Survey

4. Cargo Ship safety and Construction Certificate; Intermediate Survey ==+/- 3months 2nd or 3rd anniversity date. 5. Cargo ship Safety Equipments Certificate; Periodical Survey==+/- 3months 2nd or 3rd anniversity date. 6. Outside of Ship bottom inspection 7. Certificate Extension

MG PYAR GYI

5months

Cargo ship 3months

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

285

446. What is International Classification Survey & Practical Purpose? Classification Survey 1. Independent,

.

,

Organization

2. Develops & Updates adequate published rules, Regulation & Standards 3. Trading Internationally Pratical Purpose 1. P&I clubs, H&M insurers, Ship financiers & Cargo insura

.

2. Sale & Purchase 3.

Class

4. Class

, Flag state

withdraw Certificates

Satutory Certificate (Conv, SOLAS, MARPOL, L.L) 7 Surveys

Trading Certificate (CLASS) A/I/D/S

447. Class withdraw 1. 2. Not seaworthy 3. Approved freeboard MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

286 448. Classification Survey Classification Survey (4) 1. Annual Survey === +/- 3months of each anniversary date To confirm general condition & maintain satisfied 2. Intermediate Survay=== Instead of either 2nd or 3rd annual survey 3. Docking Survey === 15

.

15

---- Any 5 periods

15

---- 2 yearly interval .

/ Between docking not more the 3 years

Under water portion 2.5 years

suitable high resistance paint

extension

4. Special Survey=== 5 yearly interval . 449. 1. H&M insurance cover 2. P&I cover 3. Seaworthy

Class

4. Satutory certificate 450. Function of Class Five Functions 1. Supervise == 2. Survey== Refrigerating Machinery, Tonnage, Cargo Handling, Securing Equipments, Pre Loading 3. Assign== Freeboard 4. Verification== Safety (on be half of Flag state) 5. Provide== Techanial devices 451. Enhanced Survey  Enhanced Survey  Basically Close Up Examination

H Survey

 Special Survey  Protective Paint Coating 452. Safety Equipment Survey  Survey Type => Initial, Annual, Periodical, Renewal  Validity => 5 years  Form E attach File 

Record Of Inspection 1. LSA 2. FFE 3. Navigation Equipments 4. Pilot Ladder Hoisting 5. Stability Data & Stability Booklet

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

287 453. Safety Equipment Survey Safety Equipment Survey Life saving appliances: 1. Lifeboat

Stores and equipment.



Particular attention to bottom boards and buoyancy material.



Thwarts free of cracks.

1. Overhaul and grease which davits and blocks. Falls to be renewed or turned end to end. Repaint markings on the lifeboat. 2. When boats are in water run the boats ahead and astern. 3. Inflatable liferafts to be serviced within the last 12 months. 4. Lifebuoys- lights, grab lines, markings well painted. 5. Lifejackets- lights, whistles and markings. 6. Pyrotechnics- expiry dates. 7. Record Of Inspection L/R . HRU Certificate Fire Fighting appliances: 1. Fire control plans legible. 2. Check fire hoses, nozzles and applicators in good condition. 3. Test emergency fire pump. 4. Overhaul all extinguishers. 5. Test and overhaul fixed fire equipment system. 6. Check breathing apparatus and firemans suit. 7. Check fire and smoke detection system. Other checks: 1. Emergency lighting system. 2. Check closing arrangements for- ventilators, skylits, doors and funnel. 3. Check navigational equipment (Lights, Shapes, Sound Signalling Appliances In Good Condition) 4. Magnetic compass in good condition and deviation curve, compass error book are properly maintained 5. RADAR, ARPA, Echo Sounder, Gyro Compass, Position fixing equipments, Log, Rate of Turn Indication Good condition 6. Adequate and update charts and publication are onboard 7. Check pilot ladders and pilot hoists. 8. Stability Data & Stability Booklet 9. ISM Last Audit Report 10. Planned Maintenance Schedule

In general all checks to be carried out as per the record of inspection form at the back of the SEQ certificate.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

288 454. 1. Various weather condition 2.

plan

3. Vessel 4. Overall maintenance 5.

optimum condition (

plan

6.

-

constructed

plan

7. Manufactures . Instruction 8.

.

maintenance . Brakedown maintenance

9. Wear and Tear 10. Plan

plan

. spare part replacements

well control

spare part item

efficient recording system

455. Planned Maintenance Schedule (ISM Code Chapter V Section 10 .

)

 Planned Maintenance Schedule .

machinery

Regular Interval  PMS 

Systematic

Maintenance

Check Item

Item

Inspection

 Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)  C/O Hand Over

Shore / Ship

History Of Maintenance

Planned Maintenance Schedule (PMS)  Short Term Maintenance  Long Term Maintenance  Operational Maintenance Short Term Maintenance

Weekly, Forthly (

) . Monthly

Weekly Maintenance == winches and windlasses oil baths, if any, in winches and windlasses wheels on steel hatch covers door hinges on mast houses ventilation system flaps and ventilators cleats on external weathertight doors anchor securing arrangements MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

289 Forthly Maintenance == accommodation ladder and gangway lifeboat falls and blocks davit pivot points fire hydrants and monitors fire hose box hinges quick release gear on bridge wing life buoys all life buoys liferaft securing arrangements securing bolts on international shore connection steel hatch cross joints and quick acting cleats hatch gypsy drive wheels and followers hatch contractor panel fuses, electric cables and connections all external butterfly nuts all external electric cables and deck lighting arrangements Monthly Maintenance == life boat falls for broken strands CO2 cylinders in gang release system fire detection systems breathing apparatus and associated equipment ladders on masts and ventilation posts radar mast rigging fire gauze freeing ports scuppers hatchway non return valves ship side guard rails Long Term Maintenance

3 month, 6 month

3 Monthly Maintenance === all cargo gear navigation light connections hold ventilation systems 6 Monthly Maintenance === strip all mooring rollers fresh water tanks all running gear, strip blocks and derricks cofferdams and void spaces forepeak and afterpeak remove ventilator cowls and grease the coaming test dampers flaps and locking screws hold equipment such as spar ceiling, limberboards, double bottoms,

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

290 Yearly

=== derust and repaint derricks watertight seals on hatchways loosen spare anchor securing bolts, lubricate all anchor parts and re-secure rotational cleaning and painting of store rooms, alleyways, cabins and mess rooms strip the windlass and aft mooring winch standing rigging Anchor, Launching Appliance, L/R and HRU Service

Operational Maintenance

Operate

Maintenance

For Example: 

anchor cable marking



check mooring ropes and wires before and after use



all gantlines before being used on stages



pilot ladder and hoists, gangways, accommodation ladders and associated equipment before and after use



check anchor and cables stowed properly



test fire fighting appliance before entering port



test manual and emergency steering arrangements before entering coastal waters



cargo securing arrangemets



all cargo gears and hatch closing arrangements before and after use



check hydraulic oil in any system



fumigate and spray holds as necessary

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

291 456. Risk Assessment  . Severi



. work H

 

H

H

 1. Likelihood

)

2. H

ႆ

  Risk Ass

(8)

1.

c

2. Hazards and Personnel

(What could happen?)

i

(How likely is to happen?)

3. 4.

estimate

5.

.

6.

prepare

(How to stop it happening.)

7. Control plan 8.

effective and up to date

1. Classify work activities 

Classify work activities a.

/department

b. Operation work

/ Routine work

c. Planned maintenance

/ Unscheduled maintenance

d. 2. Idetify hazards 1. Is there a source of harm? 2. Who (or what) could be harmed? 3. How could harm occur? 3. Identify Risk Controls 

Risk assessment Hazards



Risk

reduce

Risk and

identified

Risk control system of control measure

method of management control provide

individual control measures (

.) types

. Permit to Work system define

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

292 4. Estimate risk .



risk from the hazard

determine

(a) the potential severity of harm; (b) the likelihood that harm will occur 

severity of harm

Health and Safety

Moderate and Extreme



likelihood of harm

Slight,

categories (3)

fleet

accident Very likely, Likely, Unlikely, Very Unlikely



Severity of harm

Likelihood of harm (harm



Categories (5)

၍

harm harm

)

severity of harm== 1. Slight harm 2. Moderate harm 3. Extreme harm likelihood of harm == 1. Very unlikely 2. Unlikely 3. Likely 4. Very likely



Harm

MG PYAR GYI

Risk estimator

Risk

Estimate

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

293 

Risk Level = Likelihood of Harm x Severity of Harm Risk Estimator Table Severity of Harm

Likelihood of Harm 1.Very Unlikely

1.Slight Harm 1

2.Moderate Harm 2

Score

Risk Level

1

Very Low

2-3

Low

4-6

Medium

3.Extreme Harm 3

2.Unlikely

2

4

6

8-9

High

3.Likely 4.Very likely

3

6

9

12

Very High

4

8

12

5. Determine the tolerability of the risks .



Identified

Risk Estimator 

Risk Tolerability

Risk

acceptable, tolerable or unacceptable

evaluation

simple method

. five band structure

(shown in table)

6. Prepare risk control action plan Determine



H

Very

Low (Trivial) (or) Low (Tolerable) safety

. Action and Time Scale

Very Low (Trivial)

No Action, No Document (action

)

Low (Tolerable)

Additional Control

Medium (Moderate)

Reduce Risk but

High (Substantial)

Risk

.

. Urgent Action

Very High (Intolerable)

Risk

.

. Reduce

)

.

.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

294 7. Review adequacy of action plan 

Action plan (a) Will the revised controls lead to tolerable risk levels? (b) Are new hazards created? (c) What do people affected think about the need for, and practicality of, the revised preventive measures? (d) Will the revised controls be used in practice, and not ignored in the face of, for example, pressures to get the job done?

8. Ensure risk assessment and controls are effective and up-to-date Risk Assessment

 Formal Review 

- -

acceptable or tolerable level

reduce

confirm complete a detail of Risk Assessment Safe work procedure

carried out

work being

operation

Sample of Risk Assessment for Working Aloft on Main Mast

Procedure 1 H Identified

Procedure 2: Identified H Personel Protection . control measure

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

295 Procedure 4: severity of harm

Health and Safety Slight,

Moderate and Extreme

categories (3)

Procedure 3: likelihood of harm

fleet accident

Procedure 5: Likelihood of Harm

Severity of Harm

(Refer Risk Estimator Table)

multiply

Risk Factor

. Risk Factor

Medium

(or) Above (Yellow, Orange or Red)

Procedure 5: H

Very Low safety

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

296 457. What is Safety Officer?  More than 5 seafarers

employed

company  Master

appoint

safety officer appointment Master

safety officer

official log book

record

(Master

record

)

 Safety officer .

onboard

safety adviser

valuable assistance

company

safety

provide

 Suitale safety officer course 458. What is Safety representative?  More than 5 seafarers .

employed

. company .



safety reprensentative

arrangement

specify regulation .

 

Tanker

Tanker service

 No. of safety reprensentative

6 months crew



6 15 crew == Officer (or) Rating



16 + crew == officer



Over 30 crew == officer

459. Safety committee

+ rating + rating ?

 Health and Safety .

ၥ/

ၥ

Master . Safety Officer

Forum /



ၥ

 General guideline

. About 4 6 weeks

(normally

)

460. Safety 

.

     

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

297 461. Chief Officer Respon 1. Second In Command Assist Master 2. Deputy 3. Head Of Deck Department 4. Cargo Operation Incharge 5. Stability / Water Tight Integrity 6. Maintenance Of Deck Department 7. Navigation and Watch Keeping Duty 8. Anchor Officer 9. Safety Drill and Training 10. Company Issued, Job Description And Responsibility of C/O 11. Duty Of Safety And Environmental Protection 462. Cargo Ship

Chief Officer

. Join

Relived Chief Officer

Document

Hand

Over Relived Chief Officer

Hand Over

.

Ship Plan 1. Docking Plan 2. Plug Plan 3.GA Plan 4.Shell Expansion Plan 5. Fire Arrangement Plan 6.CO2 Plan 7. Load Density Plan 8.Rigging Plan Ship Syability Criteria 1. Ship Particular 2. Dead Weight Scale 3. Cross Curve Of Stability 4. Statical Stability Information 5. Tanks Capacities 6. Ballast / Fresh Water / Fuel Arrangement 7. Damage Stability Information 8. Any Computer Loading / Discharging Program . 1.Safety Equipments Certificate 2. Safety Radio Certificate 3. Safety Ship Construction 4.Load Line Certificate 5. L/R Certificate 6. Sanitation Certificate

(Expire Date

Check

)

Cargo Documentation

.

1. Cargo Plan 2. Cargo Manifest 3. Register Of Cargo Handling & Lifting Appliances 4. Cargo Securing Manual Together With Mate Receipt 5. Bill of Loading 6.

.

Stowage Instruction . 1. Log Book 2.Tank Sounding Record 3. Crew List 4. PMS (

.

Resposibility and Duties (

Take Over

. Examiner

Amount MG PYAR GYI

C/O Handing Over Note

Sign

C/O

) Stability Data, Booklet, Umpumpable

) JUST REFERENCE ONLY

298 463. Cargo Ship

Chief Officer

. Join

Taking Over

j  Report to master, hand over appointment letter/ introductory letter, CoC and other certificates, sign article of agreement.  Meet the outgoing C/O.  Go through handing over note. Initial

.

 Emergency stations and duties   LSA and FFA plans  Normal loading and discharging procedures.  Stability booklet and hydrostatic data.  Damage Stability booklet  Oil record books, entries.  Garbage record books, entries.  Loadicator 

How to input data



Where is the back-up disc



Computer being used is approved



Any password for operating/installing the program

 Piping diagram: ballast, FW, bilges.  Capacity plans  Cargo securing manuals  Stowage plan  Bridge equipment, navigation equipments, emergency steering procedures Deck maintenance  Planned maintenance schedule  Current state of maintenance  Status of deck stores, equipments. Take inventories of various deck stores, lashing gears.  Any requisition made or to be made.  .  Status of various statutory certificates, expiry, validity.  Any survey due, perpetrations required.  Chain register, entries in chain register.  Certificates for lifting gears, attached equipments, wires and ropes etc.  Operational manuals.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

299 Lifting and mooring equipments

.

 Condition of lifting machineries and mooring equipments.  Any outstanding repairs. Intended Ports & V

I

 Peculiarity of ports, stevedores working hours, interaction with shore personnel, lifting of stores, water, bunker, provisions.  Port regulation, restrictions, cargo documents required, draft restrictions, day-night, berthing/unberthings.  Shore leave, gangway, watchman.  Pilferage by shore gang.  Deck watch, anchor watch, piracy watch arrangements. .  Morale of crews, ability and weakness.  Work rotation, overtime system.  Officer-crew relationship.  Efficiency and performance of other duty officers regarding cargo operation. Others  Master's requierments, habits and preferences.  Jobs regarding to training and assessments  ISM files to maintain  ISM documents to send to company, their frequencies.  Condition of deck, hatches, hatch covers, lifting machineries.  Hold ventilation systems  Anti-pollution and bunkering procedures  Emergency procedures  Report any discrepancy to master  Sign take over document Additional points In dry dock

.

Taking Over



Docking plan.



Dry dock repair list



Repair works to be done onboard and by dry dock personnel.



Surveys to be done on dry dock.



Safety regulations, hot works, chemical washings, men entry to enclosed spaces.



Emergency contacts/ actions.



Power and water supply, telephones.



Take over drain plugs.



Sewage and garbage disposal arrangements.



Status of LSA, FFA, anything sent ashore.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

300 

Instructions to duty officers and crews.



Undocking stability calculations, tank conditions.



Closing-opening arrangements of hatches.

Special types of ships Container ships

Taking Over



Bay plans



Stowage of containers



Stowage of IMDG containers, cargoes



Stowage of refer containers



Container lashing gears



Normal stacking height

Bulk carriers

Taking Over



Ballasting-deballasting rates



Grain loading booklet



High density cargo loading procedures



Load density of deck, tank tops.



Capacities of load/discharge top side tanks.

Refrigerated ships

Taking Over



Check condition of compressors



Check any deficiencies in maintaining temperatures



Insulations of compartments in good condition.



Brine seals of tween deck.



Conditions of gratings and dunnages.

Ro-ro ships

Taking Over



Power operated W/T doors working properly



FFA in all decks in good condition



Electrical wiring maintained



Cargo securing arrangements



Bow door closing/opening arrangements and alarms



Lighting arrangements

Tankers (Oil, chemical and gas)

Taking Over



Operation of cargo pumps, educators



Cargo piping system



Ballast piping and pumping system



IG system and lines



Cargo tank washing procedures



Gas detection system, operation, calibration



Procedures for loading different grades



Crude oil washing system (crude carriers)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

301 Tankers For chemical tankers 

Cargo compatibility and segregation



Special precautions required for certain cargoes.



Cargo tank washing procedures



Previous cargoes



P & A Manual

For gas carriers 

Vapor lines, reliquefaction lines



Reliquefaction plants



Cargo change over procedures



Cargo conditioning procedures



Cargo loading and discharging procedures in various ports

LNG ships

 Type of tanks.  Controlling boil off.  Tank insulation.  Inerting procedures of primary and secondary barriers.

464. Official Log Book OLB contents and entries 1. Name of ship, port of Registry, Official Number, Gross Tonnage, Net Tonnage 2. 3. Master name and certificate number 4. Date and Place of opening and closing OLB 5. Load line and Draught detail 6. List of crew and repot of character 7. Training, drill & inspection of crew accommodation 8. Marriage, births, and deaths on board 9. Change of command and handed over 10. Discharge of crew, wages and effects of seaman 11. Offences of crew. fines, promotions, discharge of seaman 12. illness, injury, medical treatment of crew 13. Collision, stranding, every important accident or damage to the ship or cargo 14. Inspection of provisions, stores, LSA & FFE 15. Distress message received and action taken

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

302 465. Master / Pilot relationship Master အ

Pilot

.

1. Pilot . Advice

good reson to belive

Pilot အ

endanger the ship

follow 2.

Pilot

ship’s na igation monitored

Pilot

(including plotting fixes/positions on charts) 3. Pilot 4.

fficer and

elmsmen

Pilot’s request

5. Master .

၍ OOW အ

.

ensure

Under Pioltage

OOW

6. Master . Disapprove action OOW opinion

efficienc and courtes

Pilot

(

.)

important matters of navigation and manoeuvring

Pilot

.

Pilot

466. What is LRIT?  Long Range  Purpose

To improve Maritime safety, security, search and rescue

 LRIT Tx == 6 hr interval



automatic transmit

 Global Navigation Settlite System . Interface  Request  In all area 

every 15 min

Posn

report

Transmit

1000

Received

.

467. What is Emergency Towing Arrangement & Emergency Towing Booklet ? Emergency Towing Arrangement  New and Existing Tankers DWT 20000 Ts

Under Regulation V/15-1 of the

SOLAS Convention, as amended by resolution MSC.31(63) Emergency Towing Arrangement Organization . Guideline

 approved

Design &

 Forward Towing Arrangement  Aft Towing Arrangement

MG PYAR GYI

Administration

deployed . 15 min

deployed

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

303

Emergency Towing Booklet  SOLAS Chapter II-1 Reg3-4

All ships engaged in International Voyage (for cargo ships of not Emergency Towing Booklet

 Emergency Towing Booklet 

Drawings of fore and aft deck showing possible emergency towing arrangements



Inventory of equipment on board that can be used for emergency towing.



Means and methods of communication.



Sample procedures to facilitate the preparation for and the conducting of emergency towing.

 Emergency Towing Booklet

Administration

approve

Onboard

(3) copies Towing from bow

Towing from stern

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

304 468. Cargo Manifest Cargo Manifest (

Master Cargo Declaration

Form

.)

Type

Company Form

Cargo Manifest  Consignment

.

 Marking & No. of Package  Name of Shipper  Name of Consignee  Port Of Shipment  Port Of Discharge  Reference No. Of B/L Of End  Ship Particular  Name Of Master

.

469. Mate Receipt Mate Receipt

ၥ Mate Receipt

1. Reference No. 2. Date 3. Place Of Loading 4. Loadung Mark 5. Number Of Packaces (or) Pieces 6. Quantity and Condition Of Goods Mate Receipt

Bill Of Alding (B/L) Entry ၥ

Said To Weight (

Totally Check

Remark

.) Loadi

Remark

.

Totally Check

. Said To Contain

Complete Mate Receipt

Copy

One Copy

Retain 470.

Type Of B/L Bill of lading is a document issued by Master (or) Carrrier (or) Carrier Agent on receipt of the goods. It is constructed as a contract of carriage for goods.

 Bill of lading

mate Receipt . Compare

Master

Sign

Agent and

Shipper  Original B/L Negtiable

Original Negotiable Remark

. Remark  Third Party

MG PYAR GYI

Non

Stamp

 B/L

 Remark

Copy B/L

Carrier Consingee

. Cargo

Discharging To Order (or) To His Order “

” JUST REFERENCE ONLY

305 Totally Check



Remark

. Said To Weight (

Totally Check

Remark

. Said To Contain

B/L  Ship Nmae/ Voyage No.  Reference No. / No. of Original B/L  Date & Place Of Loading / Discharging  Shipper Name & Address / Consingee Name & Address  Notify Party Name & Address  Type & number Of Package (or) Pieces, Weight & Quantity  Any Remark  Apparent Order & Condition Of Goods  “



-

”

Function of Bill of Lading 1. Receipt for the goods. 2. Document of Title. 3. Good evidence of contract. 4. Receipt for freight. Various Types of B/L 1. Clean B/L 2.

B/L)

3. Received for shipment B/L 4.

Carrier

5. Direct B/L (

B/L) .

6. Through B/L (

B/L)

. )

7. Combined Transport B/L ( 8.

Door to Door To Order

)

.

)

9. 10.

) To Barrer

B/L)

11. Order B/L 12. Outward B/L 13. Homeward B/L 14. Common short form B/L 15. Liner B/L

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

306 471. Notice Of Readiness (NOR)  Notice Of Readiness (NOR)

Charpter Party Term

. Tendering

 NOR Tendering  Formal NOR

Ready Charter Party Term

Notice Clause

Agree Procedure



 Designated Person (or) Company

Master

Tendering

Laycan Period

.

Printed Form (or) Letter (or) Telex (or) E-mail

. . 472. What is INCOTERMS?  INCOTERMS

International commercial

transactions

.

 1st Jan 2011

. International Chamber of Commerce (ICC)

published

eight edition International trade

most commonly used terms

 INCOTERMS

FOB and CIF

accepted

INCOTERMS (13)

FAS – Free Alongside Ship (named loading port) The seller must place the goods alongside the ship at the named port. The seller must clear the goods for export. This term is typically used for heavy-lift or bulk cargo. (Seller clearance

ၥ

Export

seller

)

FOB – Free on board (named loading port) The seller must load the goods on board the ship nominated by the buyer, cost and risk being divided at ship's rail. The seller must clear the goods for export. . Seller seller

Cost & Risk

ၥ

Export clearance

Ship rail

seller

CFR or CNF – Cost and Freight (named destination port) Seller must pay the costs and freight to bring the goods to the port of destination. However, risk is transferred to the buyer once the goods have crossed the ship's rail. Maritime transport only and Insurance for the goods is at the Cost of the Buyer. (Seller

ၥ Seller

export

.

port of destination

maritime transport only

loading port

. Risk & Insurance

buyer

ၥ

)

CIF – Cost, Insurance and Freight (named destination port) Same as CNF in addition procedure and pay for insurance for the buyer. Maritime transport only.

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

307 473. Charter

?

Charter (4) (1)Time Charter (2) Bareboat charter (3) Charter by demise (4) Voyage charter (1)Time Charter A contract for hire of a specified vessels, and its crew, for a specified period of time. Time charter agree to hire from owners a named vessel, of specified period technical characteristics, with its crew, for a specified period of time, for agreed purpose, subject to agreed restrictions as to use of the vessel. (owner / management

crew

Owner

.

.

.

Owner Charter

Commercial

Running cost

operate

Voyage cost

) (2)Bareboat charter A contract for the lease of a vessel for an agreed period during which the charterer acquires most of the rights of the owner. It is more of a ship financing arrangement than a trading agreement. (Agree period

(crew Owner

) Charter

Capital cost

Tecchnical

Charter

Commercial

Capital cost

)

(3)Charter by demise A bareboat charter hinged to a management contract, so that the shipowners manage the vessel on behalf of the bareboat charterers. This is useful to charterers (such as an oil company) who don't want to spend extra money on increasing their ship management team. (Bareboat charter

)

(4)Voyage charter A contractual agreement between owners and charterer for the carriage by a named vessel of specified quantity of specified commodity from one name place or places to another named place or places, in return for a agreed sum of freight. . Charter voyage

declare

carriage

owner

)

474. What is the Liner and Tramps?  Liner

Operate

/

Date

Passengers and/or  Tramps

MG PYAR GYI

cargo

(Not Fix Time)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

308 Chartering Abbreviations FIO (free in and out) ==Loading and Discharging FIOST (free in, out, stowed and trimmed)== Loading and Discharging ,stowed and trimmed FIOS (free in, out, stowed )== Loading and Discharging ,stowed FIOST (free in, out, trimmed)== Loading and Discharging , trimmed LIOF (liner in free out)==Loading

Owner

FILO (free in liner out) == Discharging

Discharging

Owner

AA: (always afloat) ==

/

BBB: (B4 breaking bulk)==

Loading /

(eg. NOR BBB

)

MOLCO : MOLOO (

၍ DWCC +/-

MOLOO

% .

(eg. +/- 5%)

Charterer

MOLCO

Owner )

GSB : (good and safe berth) BIMCO: (Baltic and International Maritime Council / Conference) BALTIME: (BIMCO form for Time Charter) SLOTHIRE: BIMCO form on which a charterer hires a number of slots on container ship, but not entire cargo capacity

475. What is COGSA?

? COGSA



Rule (3)

Rule (3)

State (1) Hague Rule (2) Hague Visby Rule (3) Humburg Rule

  Rule 

Basic contractual obligation



Rights



Liabilities



Immunities (

 B/L (

Issue

History  19

. .

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

309  Charpter party terms

ship owners

B/L

shippers and consignees

International Law of Association



1921

ca

Hague

. 1968

charterers

agree set

protocol

New mode of

Hague Visby Rule

Article I – X 476. Carrier

Owner

 Carrier

Charter

? Good . Cargo

Shipper . Contract

Good . Cargo  Goods

? What is Deck Cargo? owner

charter

? Live animals . Deck cargo

What is Deck Cargo?  Contract of carriage

Cargo

477. Hague

HV Rule

Carrier . Ob

Hague

HV Rule

Carrier . Oligation (3)

1. Obligation of Seaworthiness. Ship



Seaworthiness

(Technical

Worthiness)  Propely man, equipments and supply (Voyage worthiness)  Hold, refrigerating and cold chambers and all other parts of the ship

cargo

2. Cargo care.  The carrier shall properly and carefully load, handle, stow, carry, keep, care for and discharge the cargo carried. 3. Bill of Lading issue.  Carrier, Master or the Carrier's agent Issue

receipt of the goods in his care

Bill of Lading

B/L

(a) The leading marks for the identification of the goods. (b) The weight, quantity or number of packages as stated by the shipper. (c) The apparent order and condition of the goods".  Carrier

reasonably check

weight / said to be contained

MG PYAR GYI

. .

(eg. Said to be

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

310 478. Hague

HV Rule

Carrier .

Rights or Immunities (3) 1.Exceptions to Liability  17 exception 1. Neglect or default of the master, mariner, pilot, or the servants of the carrier in the navigation or management of the ship; 2. Fault of shipper or cargo owner 3. Any other cause without the carrier fault 4. Insufficiency of Parking 5. Insufficiency or inadequacy of Marks 6. Inherent defect of goods 7. Latent defect of goods 8. To save life at sea 9. Perils, dangers and accidents of the sea or other navigable waters 10. Fire, unless caused by actual fault of the carrier 11. Act of God 12. Act of war 13. Act of public enemies 14. Arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people, or seizure under legal process; 15. Quarantine regulations 16. Strikes, lockouts, stoppage or restraint of labour 17. Riots and civil commotions 2.Right to Deviate  Life or property at sea Carrier

Save or Attempting

.

Any reasonable devi

Deviate

3.Right in Respect of Dangerous Goods  Propely Mark  Carrier

ၴ

at any time

 Carrier

.

ၴ

landed, destroyed or jettisoned Dealt

Carrier 479. Official No. . IMO No.  Official No. Flag  IMO No.

Register Officail No. (

.) Class

. Certificate

MG PYAR GYI

Flag State IMO Registraion IMO

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

311 480. What is Letter of Protest? Letter of Protest

one party

other party

under operation အ

operation matter

control and holding

၍ ritten form

complained

t ped or hand ritten

 Master

Letter of Protest

 Letter

appropriate formal matter

အ

(eg. Ship & Shore cargo figure

“

”)

 Original Letter of Protest

Other Party

Owner

Issue

Agent and

attach .



1. Rate of Loading/Discharging too 2.

damage

3. Wash ( 4. Ship & Shore cargo figure 5. Specification

cargo type .

6. 7.

Duty officer advice Ignore

8. Vessel 9. longshoremen

Protect

. Letter of Protest

 1. B/L

quantity . Discharge quantity

2. 3. Wrong cargo

discharge

4. In port

(specification, color, temperature etc..)

smoke

5.

 Letter of Protest 1. “ 2. Original

”

Sign

Sender

3. Copy

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

312

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

313 481. What is Note of Protest (Sea Protest)?  Master

due diligence and due to circumstances control

beyond control ( IMPORTANT ! Be

sure to make all appropriate entries in your ship's logbook ) Extend Protest

  Note of Protest

Port

during 24 hours

breaking bulk

.) Cargo ၌

or some other official authorized Master



(

before ၍ notary public or a consul

under law

crew

one or more witnesses

Official

Log Book, the dec  Note of Protest

Master

Identified

Notary or Consular or Authorized officer 

Register of Protest copies

Notary

Owner

Two One copy

Attach

1. Every case of General Average act. 2. Encountered heavy weather condition which may result in cargo damage; 3. Encountered heavy weather condition which cause failure to cancelling date; 4. Ship is in anyway damaged (or) suspected damage; 5. Ventilation not possible due to bad weather; 6. Charterer (or) his agent breach of Charter party terms; 7. Consignees fail to discharge cargo, take delivery or pay freight; 8. Cargo shipped in condition likely to be damage; Venti

Breach of Contract 1. Undue delay 2. Refusal to Load 3. Refusal to pay Demurrage 4. Refusal to accept B/L because of clausing by Master 5. Sending unsafe port

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

314

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

315

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

316 482. Certificate of Seaworthiness  International Association of Classification Society Seaworthiness

P&I insurance cover, Charter party

 Class vessel

Eye of Law Class ship

Damage ( Inform

Surveyor

Seaworthiness

Nearest Surveyor

Damage Survey

Damage Survey

Intrim Certificate of Class Surveyor

 Seaworthiness

sail

Reliable person

Vessel .

Documentry evidence

evidence



Class Vessel

.

 Commercial aspect

Class

Register

. Suitable qualified surveyor



damage survey

.

Appoint 

Appoint



Official Log

Sail record

Certficate



“

Seaworthiness”

Inform owner

Class Surveyor

Next port (or) First Port

. Surveyor



Master

 Machinery damage

Joint

Survey

joint survey

483. What is Freight? How many kind of Freight?  Freight

Terms of Contract

 Kinds of Freight 1. Ad valoren freight== 2. Pro-rata freight

== Length of Voyage (

3. Distance freight == 4. Book freight

==

(return carriage) cargo

(Vessel .

)

5. Advance freight ==

(

(or) Pre-paid freight 6. Lump sun freight == 7. B/L freight

(

)

==

B/L (eg. Oil cargo evaporation, Logs cargo moisture lost)

8. Dead freight

== Voyage charter

9. Distress freight

==

. 3

10. Dead weight freight= (less than 1.2m /ton)

)

.

11. Measurement freight  (cargo stowage at more than1.2m3/ton) BA BA 4D LMP (

MG PYAR GYI

LMP)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

317 484. Marine Insurance

Principle

Marine Insurance Policy

 Marine Insurance စၥည္းတန္ဖုိးမ်ားျပား ေသာေၾကာင့္ Insurance  Marine Insurance Principle (3) 1. Indenmnity (

ၥ )

2. Insyrable Interest (

ၥ

3. Utmost Good Faith (

ၥည္းျဖစ္ရမည့္အျပင္ risk

)

ၥ )

 Marine Insurance Policy (9) 1. Voyage Policy === Port

Insurance

2. Time Policy ====

(GMT ____

GMT_____)

Insurance

3. Voyage and Time Policy== Mix Policy (Eg. 60 days after arrival Liverpool) 4. Construction Policy ==Builder Policy (Dock

. Insurance

5. Port Policy === In Port Against Risk ( 6. Value Policy ==

Insurance

)

၍ Insurance

7. Unvalue Policy== 8. Open Cover

ၲ

)

Insurance

== Cargo

. Insrance Company

Agreement

Cargo

Company

Company

(

. Insrance

Certificate

cargo

Cargo Owner .Under Writer

agreement .

9. Floating Policy===

.

)

cargo

(No Time Limit) 485. What is the Difference between GA & PA? Particular Average (P.A) Partial loss Accidently caused by peril )

General Average (G.A) Partial loss Intentionally sacrificed for common adventure in extraordinary circumstances

PA contribution by a particular insurer.

GA contribution by all parties

(Owner . Insurer .

(Owner+Insurer+Cargo owner .

)

Examples

) )

Examples

1. Grounding/Stranding damage

1. Beaching to prevent sinking

2. Fire & Explosion damage

2. Extinguishing a fire damage to other cargo

3. Heavy weather damage

3. Jettisoning cargo caused by peril

4. Collision damage

4. Salvage costs

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

318 486. Hull & Machinery Policy

Shipowner H

 Insurers The Perils clause (The Insured perils).

1. Perils of the seas rivers lakes or other navigable waters. 2. Fire and explosion. 3. Violent theft by persons from outside the vessel. 4. Jettison. 5. Piracy. 6. Contact with land conveyance dock or harbor equipment or installation. 7. Earthquake volcanic eruption or lightning. 8. Accidents in loading or discharging or shifting cargo or fuel. 9. Bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in the hull or machinery. 10. Negligence of master, officers, crew or pilots. 11. Negligence of repairers or charterers provided that they are not assured. 12. Barratry of master officers or crew. 13. Contact with aircraft, helicopters or objects falling there from. 487. P & I clubs 1. Collision with another vessel or fix or floating object 2. Pollution 3. Cargo damage 4. Injury person 5. Stowage fend (

)

6. 7. 8. 9. Crew member left behind (

)

10. Crew member repatriated left behind (

.)

11. 12. Problem of Cargo document 13. Any doubt about the identity or authority of Surveyor, Lawer or Other parties (

MG PYAR GYI

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

319 488. P & I Coverage P & I coverage 1. Collision liabilities not covered under a standard hull insurance policy. 2. Pollution liabilities. 3. Property damage to port and harbor installations. 4. Injury, illness or death of crew passengers and stevedores. 5. Repatriation and related expenses of crew. 6. Loss of personal effects to passengers and crew. 7. Liabilities related to stowaways, deserters, refugees and persons saved at sea. 8. Cargo loss, damage and shortages. 9. Liability relating to containers owned or leased by a member and deemed to be extension of the vessel. 10. Customary towage related liabilities. 11. Unrecoverable GA contributions from other interests. 12. Ship's proportion of GA contribution where the vessel is assessed at a higher value than the insurable value under the hull policy. 13. Wreck removal expenses. 14. Special compensation paid to salvors under LOF salvage contract. 15. Fines and legal costs due to innocent breach of regulations. 16. Confiscation of the ship for breach of customs laws 17. Any other claim that the Club Directors decide to cover. Exceptionally cases falling outside the expressed provisions of the coverage. 489. What is Warranties? Warranties  Warranties

Insured Person

to do or not to do a particular thing or to fulfill or not to statement

 Warranties 1. Express Warranties:

Reference

Warranties

2. Implied Warranties:

.

Parties

Warranties (All these warranties must be exactly complied with as otherwise the underwriter may avoid all liabilities as from the date of the breach.) 490. What is Statement of facts (or) Time sheets  Port operation log book

Statement

cargo

operation in port, such as arrival, tendering notice of readiness, comment of laytime, weather … statement

. complied

Original Time Sheet MG PYAR GYI

Lay Copies

Stevedore

Agent

attach JUST REFERENCE ONLY

320

STATEMENT OF FACTS Company Name

1.Agents

2.Vessel's name M/V

3.Port

4.Owners/Disponent Owners

5.Vessel berthed

6.Loading commenced

7.Loading completed

8.Cargo

10.Discharging completed

11.Cargo documents on board

Messrs 9.Discharging commenced

1 12.Pilot on board for sailing, Vessel sailed

13.Charter Party

14.Working hours/meal hours of the port

15.Bill of Lading weight/quantity

16.Outturn quantity

17.Vessel arrived on roads

18.Pilot on board for berthing

19.Notice of readiness tendered

20. ETA to next port

Vessel Arrival and Departure Conditions Draft Feet Forward

Amid

Bunkers Lubs and Fresh Water Aft

IFO

MDO

GO

Fresh Water

Arrival Departure Next Port

DETAILS OF DAILY WORKING Date

Day

Hrs Counted At/From

To

Not Counted

No. of

Quantity

X

gangs

load/disc.

Remarks

x

Laytime Used: Laytime Allowed: Laytime Demurrage: General remarks Place and Date

Name and signature(Master)

Name and signature(Agents)

Name and signature(for the charterers/Shippers Receivers)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

321 491. Marine Losses Total loss

Partial loss

Total loss a) Actual total loss or b) Constructive total loss. c) Presumed total lost  Actual total loss

(

.

.)

(e.g. sinking of ship, complete destruction of cargo by fire)

 Constructive total loss

Ship (or) Cargo repair (or) recovery cost

 Presumed total lost

completely damage value of property

Insured vessel

reasonable time

Partial loss  Ship (or) Cargo

partially destroyed or damaged

 Partial loss can be (a) General Average (b) Particular Average (c) Salvage Charges 492. What is Port of refuge? Port of refuge procedures  Port of Refuge

Master

ၲ

continue

Common safety

Voyage

vessel diverts (e.g. When there is a dangerous ingress of water into the vessel, a dangerous shift of

cargo, the vessel adopts an angle of loll; there is a serious fire on board, etc. )  Port of refuge procedures 1. Inform Owners

16. No Class surveyor available.

2.

17. Cargo damage..

3. Port agent appointment

18. Voyage termination.

4. Inform MAIB. (Marine Accident Invensity in Bank)

19. Cargo discharge.

5. Contact Agent.

20. Repair tenders.

6. Request the agent to notify:

21. Repairs.

7.

22. Class survey after repairs.

8. Arrival Free pratique.

23. Class status and certificates.

9. Customs inwards.

24. Reload cargo.

10.

25. Extended Protest.

11. GA declaration.

26. Payment to repairers.

12. Note of Protest.

27. GA and Salvage surveyors and POR accounts.

13. Hull and machinery damage

28. Documentary evidence.

14. Hull and machinery underwriter survey.

29. Prepare to sail out.

15. Class survey

30. Sailing out from POR

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

322 Protocol = Major modification Amendet = Some change Resolution= Final document Party State = IMO

adopted

accept

Costal State =

state

Flag State = Whose flag the vessel flies =

vessel PSC

= Aribitration = Cesser Clause (Charter

) = Voyage charter

cargo

, Freight, Dead Freight and

Cease on Lien Clause (Owner

) = Owner

Right to retain possention of the goods of the discharge

Charter

(Cesser

Lien

Voyage charter

)

Lay Time = notice of Readiness Time Lay Day =

cancelling date

Freight Forwarder =

ၥ

LCL shipment = Cotainer

Container

၍

FCL = Container Demmurage = Pay by the charter to owner for each day, ship is detain beyond the time of expire of Lay time Despatch = Pay by owner to charter, cargo operation complete within agreement Lay time period Carrier = include owner or charter who enters into contract with shipper FOC = Flag

ITF

(Flag of Convenience) COC = Vessel

class

( Under Writer =

.

“

”

) .

493. Draw a load line mark, state which side of the ship and which direction is forward? Freeboard mark at the uppermost continuous deck. 300mm. (all lines equal 25mm thickness) Key: LR : Lloyds registry TF : tropical fresh F : fresh T : tropical S : summer W : winter WNA : winter North Atlantic FWA : fresh water allowance

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

323 494. I.A.L.A Buoyage System The International Association of Light House Authorities  Mariner

(

.) visibility

(

.)

ၲ

Safe Navigation

Passage  I.A.L.A system

Mark (5)

1. Lateral Marks 2. Cardinal Marks 3. Isolated Danger Marks 4. Safe Water Marks 5. Special Marks 1.Lateral Marks Safe Navigable Water

Port & Stb

(Sailing Direction

. ) General Direction of Buoyage

Local Direction of Buoyage

General Direction of Buoyage==Buoyage Authorities

ၻ

Clock Wise Direction Local Direction of Buoyage== Sea Ward

Follow

H

Approch

Follow Local Direction of Buoyage

Buoyage Region (2)

Region B (Green to Port) N/S America, Japan, Taiwan, S Korea & Philipine Region A (Green to STB)Other Countries Except Region B Lateral Mark Port Hand Buoy

Starboard Hand Buoy

1. Shape Can, Pillar, Spar

1. Shape Cornical, Pillar, Spar

2. Color Single Red Can

2. Color Single Green Cone point Upward

3. Top Mark Red

3. Top Mark Green

4. Light Red Light

4. Light Green Light

5. Rhythm Any Rhythm

Rhythm Any Rhythm other than

other than G.P Fl (6+1)

MG PYAR GYI

G.P Fl (2+1)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

324 Prefered Channel Conventional direction of voyage

proceed

channek (2)

channel Port Hand Buoy

Starboard Hand Buoy

1. Shape Can, Pillar, Spar

1. Shape Cornical, Pillar, Spar

2. Color Green with one broad red

2. Color Red with one broad green

horizontal band

horizontal bandSingle

3. Top Mark Single green cylinder (can)

3. Top Mark Single red cone, point upward

4. Light Green Light

4. Light Red Light

5. Rhythm Composite group flashing

5. Rhythm Composite group flashing

(2 + 1)

(2 + 1)

2. Cardinal Marks Channel

Bend, Junstion, Bifocation (

navigable water

), End of the Shoal

the best

Name Side

North Cardinal Marks 1. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

2. Top Mark  Two Cone Point Upward 3. Color

 Black Over Yellow

4. Light

 White

5. Rhythm  Q Fl (or) VQ Fl

East Cardinal Marks

West Cardinal Marks 6. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

1. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

7. Top Mark  Two Cone Point Inward

2. Top Mark  Two Cone Point Outward

8. Color

 Yellow Black Yellow

3. Color

 Black Yellow Black

9. Light

 White

4. Light

 White

5. Rhythm  Q Fl 3 (or) VQ Fl 3

10. Rhythm  Q Fl 9 (or) VQ Fl 9

South Cardinal Marks 6. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

7. Top Mark  Two Cone Point Downward 8. Color

 Yellow Over Black

9. Light

 White

10. Rhythm  Q Fl 6 + Long Fl 1 (or) VQ Fl 6 + Long Fl 1

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

325

3. Isolated Danger Marks Marking

Danger

Safe Navigable Water

Isolated Danger Marks 1. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

2. Top Mark  Two Black Sphere 3. Color

 Black with One or More Horizontal Red Ben

4. Light

 White

5. Rhythm  G Fl 2

4. Safe Water Marks Marking .

Safe Navigable Water

Land Fall Buoy

Fixed Bridge (Safe Water Mark

Centre Line the Best Navigable Passage Port Hand

)

Safe Water Marks 6. Shape

 Spherical,Pillar (or) Spar

7. Top Mark  Single Red Sphere 8. Color

 Red and White Vertical Strips

9. Light

 White

10. Rhythm  Isophase (or) Occulting (or) Long Flashing 1 Every 10 sec (or) Mose Code A

Isophase = Light Duration Occulting = Light Duration

MG PYAR GYI

Dark Duration Dark Duration

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

326 5. Special Marks (Eg. ODAS Buoy) TSS, Spoil Ground, Military Exercise Zone, Cable (or) Deep Water Route Special Marks 11. Shape

 Optinal

12. Top Mark  Single Yellow Cross 13. Color

 Yellow

14. Light

 Yellow

15. Rhythm  Any Rhythm other than White Light

495.

Costal Passage

Nav Warning

“

”

. Track

New Danger Mark (or) Emergency Wreck Marking Buoy (

 Racon

AIS Transpoder

New Danger Mark (or) Emergency Wreck Marking Buoy 1. Shape

 Pillar (or) Spar

2. Top Mark  Standing Upright Yellow Cross 3. Color

 Blue Yellow Vertical Stripes

4. Light

 Blue & Yellow

5. Rhythm  Alternative Flashing

496. Light Vessel  Light Vessel  By Day   By Night   Watch Vessel

MG PYAR GYI

Out .

black ball .

International Code L.O Mid ship

Red Light . White Light

1 minute

Light Vessel

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

327 497. IAMSAR . Proper Name? Volume

Volume

. Volume (3)

(IMO

)

Volume 1 (Organization & Management) 

System .



System

. Search & Rescue .



Volume 2 (Mission Co-ordination) 

Search & Rescue . Assistance

Volume 3 (Mobile Facilities)  

SOLAS Chapter 5 / Reg 21



Section (4)

Appendix (5)

Section 1.  Over View (AMVER)

Appendix (A)  SOLAS Ch 5/ Reg 33(Distress .

Section 2.  Rendering Assistance (Search Pattern)

Appendix (B)  Message

Section 3.  Onboard Co-ordination

Appendix (C)  Factor affecting obs; effectiveness

Section 4.  Onboard Emergencies

Appendix (D)  SITREP

)

Appendix (E)  Briefing / Debriefing Form

498. Basic Search Pattern  Basic Search Pattern (3) 1. Parallel Sweep Search (P.S) 2. Expanding Square Search (E.S) 3. Sector Search (S.S)  1.

Area . Size

2.

Craft . Type

3. Distress Craft . Size 4.

Visibility

5. Cloud, Ceiling 6. Sea Condition 7. Time of Day 8. Datum Point  1. Parallel Sweep Search (P.S) 

Commence  Search area . One of the corner

start point

½ track space 

Manoeuvring  Search Objects . Direction of drift



Usage 

MG PYAR GYI

Area

Single Vessel (

.) Multi

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

328

 2.Expanding Square Search (E.S)  

Commence  Datum Point ( Manoeuvring  1 leg (



)

st

Usage  Single Vessel ( close limit (

MG PYAR GYI

object

.

)

.) Boat

Person in wtare

Location

Location continuous watch

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

329  3.Sector Search (S.S) 

Commence  Circulor search area . One side



Manoeuvring  1st leg

. . each turn

angle 60

120

.

nd

120 30 off from 1

st

.)2

.

leg

(

datum point

. Search Radius

vessel

2 5 miles 

Usage  Search area

Location search object

Circulor search area

 Parallel Sweep Search

Center

Expanding Square Search

craft

datum point

Track Spacing(s)

No. of assistance of

IAMSAR . Recommended Track Spacing Table

for Merachant Ship

check

.

Correction object . Wind speed .

(Table

Search object

size . Visibility

weather correction table correction

Table

search

spacing track

499. Safety Message Any Message



Safety Message

.

MAY DAY (Distress) Ship, Air carft or Other Vehicle

Immediate Assistance Request

PAN PAN (Urgency) Calling Station

Safety of Ship, Aircraft or Other Vehicle or Sfaety of Person .

Transmit

. SECURITE (Safety) Sation

Safety or Navigation (

.) Important Meteorlogical Warning .

. Trnsmit / Giving

. Message 

.

MG PYAR GYI

Any of these

Pay Particular Attention to Message

Call Master JUST REFERENCE ONLY

330 500.

Vessel

Helicopter Engaged

deck reception preparations

(SE pg 77)

The deck preparations to engage with a helicopter would include the following actions: 1. 2. Radar

Lower

secured

Stand By Mode

3. Wind stock or Flag indicator 4. Helicopter Pilot

(Wind

Port bow 30

Steady

)

direct

5. Static Electric Charge

(Rubber Glove

)

6. Restricted in Ability to Manoeuvre Sign 7. Fire Party Stand By

operational area

clear

8. Rescue Boat Ready to Launch 9. ‘H -deck Landing Offi 10.

H

‘H

-H

H

11. Operational Area 12. Patient

Life Jacket

(Helicopter 30

MG PYAR GYI

.

Ship . Port

approach

Port Bow

)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

331 Rule 1 1. High Sea UNCLOS (United Nation Convention on law of the Sea)

defined

Territorial Water or Internal Water or Archipelagic Water (

EEZ, All part of sea

2.Water connected there with navigable by sea High Sea .

H navigate

3. Nothing in these Rule shall inference with athourity or Government

Special Rule

Rule

inference

4. Road steps H Vessel

Safety

ၴ

Open (generally protected by shoal)

5. Shoal A small hill of just below the surface of the sea. 6. Convoy A group of ship travelling together. 7.TSS adopted by IMO - New sheme

Government

- TSS

Government

approved - TSS - IMO

IMO

IMO

implement Implement

Maritime Safety Committee

adopted

Rule 1 (d)

adopted

adopted

concerned

IMO Publication - IMO

adopted

Rule 10

8.Vessel of special circumstance of purpose -Mast head light centre line -More than 50 m

hull . Mast Head Light

-Forward Mast Head Light

MG PYAR GYI

vessel Side Light

Submarine

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

332 Rule 2 1. Exonerate Be free from blame (

) or Be officially not responsible for

(

)

2. Rule 1 (a)

two types of consequence

Two types of Consequence - Consequence of neglect to comply with these Rule - Consequence of neglect of precaution required Two types of precaution -By the ordinary practice of seaman (or) By the special circumstances 3.Ordinary practice of seaman 

Underway Vessel

Vessel .



Anchor



Dense fog



Against the tide Vessel

Vessel

.

Radar

under way

Safe and Practicable

With the tide Vessel

 draft

 draft



7

squat

1.5

squat

 Bow cution / Bank suction  Interaction between ship 

New scheme (or) amendment scheme good seaman ship

IMO

Rule 10

adopted

compulsory TSS

proceed

4. Constructing Understanding meaning of the word, sentences or an action in particular way ( action, word or sentences

)

Rule 3 1. R.V Fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rai -

Vessel (

-

.)

Vessel

smoke

(or)

-

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

333 Rule 5 1. STCW look out? 

Rule 5

Proper look out

maintain



Stranding . Danger of collision



Other Vessels, aircraft, survivors, debris (



Helms Man . look Out Duty

situation )

detect

sole look out

 

.

Composition of Navigation watch depends on weather, traffic, work load, fitness, skill and equipments facility etc;



Open Sea



Low visibility



Crowded water

j Fog Signal

. report

. report j

3. Sole look out

. likely to risk of collision

. report

.

Under the STCW Code

OOW

condition

.

day time

sole look

out carefully assessment



State of weather, visibility, traffic density, danger to navigation in the proximity, navigation in or



near traffic separation sc . assistance



.

1. Radar 2. Binoculars 3. V.H.F 4. Wiper 5. Clear view screen 6 ) 7. A.I.S (Auto Identification System) 8. Look out men 5. Full appraisal of situation Collision

Own ship

1. Steering 2. All instruments and equipments on bridge

/

own ship

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

334 6.Bad look Out 

Visual look out



vessel



Autopilot



At anchor

maintain

radar plotting . monitoring

storm tidal turning (

.)

Vessel

Proper look out

Rule 6 1. Safe speed 

at all time

maintain

Continuous appraisal changes in circumstances and condition

 2.What is the moderate speed? Moderate speed is the speed the vessel can stop within half of the range visibility. 3.What is the characteristics, efficiency and limitation? Characteristics

Number of Radar ARPA

Efficiency

Age and reliability

Limitation

Shadow sector Un properly setup

4.Range scale detect



long range ၍

.T



early detection



Dangerous target .



Radar

short range

different range scale

Rule 7 1.Rule 7 . All available mean 

Visual compass bearing



Radar plotting



VHF information

 

AIS

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

335 2. Proper use of Radar equipment 

Radar

appropriate range scale True Motion (North Up Display)



target behaviors

faster .

easier detect 

ROC



Radar

/

Relative motion Relative

၍ detect

True

၍

.

3. ROC involved or exit Rule 7 d (i) & (ii)

. Rule 7 a

4. Equivalent systematic observation 

Regular Observe



True Plot

CPA /TCPA

 

alteration of course or speed

ARPA . limited number plotting



important target

plot

5. What is scanty information? 

inaccurate plotting



plotting with error and bearing



regular interval observe

.

ျခင္း

neglect



bearing

 

random observe

Visual Bearing

Radar Bearing

rely

Rule 8 1. What is positive action in ample time? 

Action



Action

assess

Scanty Infor

2.Large enough to be readily 

RV least 30



action

vessel

alter

observe

at

60 to 90

Insight of one another

alter

3.Close quarter situation developing Close quarter situation

MG PYAR GYI

CPA (closet point of approach in Nm)

.

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

336 4.Passing at a safe distance Safe distance 1. Size of the ship 2. Speed of the ship 3. Circumstances and condition 4. Manoeurvrability of

5.

reduce speed crossing



(

.)

overtaking

. obliged

lack of sea room (or) the presence of other vessel

alteration

slacken speed or take all way off 

RV

. forward of the beam fog signal

(

.)

Forward of the beam

close quarter situation

avoid

Narrow channel width

2 Nm

reduce speed or stop the ship Rule 9 1. What is narrow channel? 

Narrow channel

easily define

channel 

Object or Buoys

Local Rule .

.

Rule

terminate navigate

Rule 9

Narrow

high sea .

apply

2. What is fair way?  dredged or maintained

 

Chart

package line

Rule 10 1. What is Deep water route? 

IMO

publication

Ship Routing Book

Survey

  

Deep water route 10

Part of a traffic separation scheme

IMO

adopted

Rule

apply

2. What is precautionary area? IMO . Principle of ship routing

define

Direction of traffic flow

MG PYAR GYI

particular caution . Navigate recommended

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

337 3. What is particular caution? 1. Inform Master/Engine room, if necessary stand by engine 2. Wheel auto to Manual 3. Two telemotor switch on 4. Proper look out and Radar watch maintain 5. Own vessel position plot at frequently interval and other vessel position and movement 6. TSS

navigation warning , reporting point (VTRS)

.

7. State of visibility, tidal stream and current 4. Routing System (10) 1. Routing System

vessel

၍

Vessel

2.

vessel vessel water

၍

vessel

ice braker assist

ice free water or light ice condition navigable water, all weather

day and

night routing system 3.

manoeuvreessel

adequate under keel clearance

charted depth

metrological and tidal condition 4. IMO

adopted

TSS

depth of water vessel

COLREG 72 Rule 10

vessel risk of collision

chart

၍ အျခား Vessel COLREG 72 Part B Steering Sailing Rule Section II & III

5. Traffic lane

Junction point area

6. deep water route

cross route or change to another route vessel

vessel

deep draught vessel

vessel

deep water route 7. Precautionary area

traffic lane

follow

vessel TSS vessel 8. Two way route

vessel deep water route port

/

vessel

၍အျခား

Precautionary area two way deep water route

9. General direction of traffic flow

starboard side

proceed

arrow

vessel . course

General direction of traffic flow 10. TSS

Rule 10

vessel

.

international code of

signal YG flag

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

338

Rule 12 Wind

Give Way

Stand On

Wind Give Way

Stand on

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

339

Wind

A keep clear of B, C, D

B keep clear of C B Stand on for A, D A B

C Stand on for A, B, D D C D keep clear of B,C D Stand on for A Rule 14 Dark Lane

A

A

B

.

3

Dark Lane

3

Dark Lane

B

B up to 3

side light B

MG PYAR GYI

B .

A

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

340 Rule 19

1. What is close quarter situation? 

Close Quarter Situation . distance



Open Sea

. large vessel

at least 2 miles any direction forward of the beam long range

 

Congested water

whistle . typical range of audibility

close quarter situation

observation error

3 miles

minimum distance

over taking situation or likely pass astern

reduce speed . proceed

less than 2 miles 

Action

beam or abaft of the beam

approaching

. 

Astern

approach

2.Forward of the beam 

ROC

/

. fog signal

RV

may be one prolong or two prolong

determine

1. Narrow channel

ROC

Rule (9)

their correct side

apply

vessel

2. Astern passing in RV paragraph (C)

RV

proceeding in opposite direction on

.

vessel

၍ ROC



. determine

.

. Rule 19 (e)

apply

Annex III No. 1 Whistle .

audibility range table detect

 .

. fog signal short range

. . Course

ascertain

blind alteration



Direction of Sound si

in fog



Two prolong blast

take all way off

stop engine . take all way off



full astern



Engine noise

signal

.

other vessel . position



alteration of course Communicate each other

. remain stop

manoeuvre

Other Vessel



Stop still



Other vessel

MG PYAR GYI

Other vessel

allow to

particular caution JUST REFERENCE ONLY

341 4.Rule 19 (၅) 1. All vessel

No stand on vessel

2. Vessel

alteration of course Rule 34

3.

Rule 35

sound signal

at all time

4. Proper radar watch

at all time maintain

5. Blind alteration Rule 20 Application (a) Part C

light & shape

(b)Part C

all weather

comply

Sun set to Sun rise

Part C

light

Porper look out (c) Restricted Visibility

Sun Rise to Sun set

Part C Part C

light

exhibited (d) Part C

Day time

(e) Part C

exhibited

light and shape

Annex I Rule 21 Vessel Length

Masthead

Masthead Lights

Masthead Lights

Masthead Lights

Masthead

Lights

Minimum visible

Minimum visible

Minimum visible

Lights

Range

Range

Range

Minimum

Minimum

visible

visible

Range 50m

Range

6 Nm

3 Nm

3 Nm

3 Nm

3 Nm

50m

12m

5 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

20m

12m

3 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

1 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

2 Nm

12m

Partly submerged vessels (or) Object being towed vessel all round white light 3Nm Rule 36 Signal to attract attention Vessel

vessel

Sound & Light Signal

COLREG 72 Rule Mistaken

direction of danger . mistaken intermittent (

Sound & Light signal vessel

ဤ Rule

. navigation

light

high intensity

light) or revolving light (

)

strobe light

. MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

342

Rule 38 Exemptions 15th july 1977

COLREG 72 inforce

vessel

any vessel or any class of vessel

COLREG 72

(a) Rule 22 visibilty of light 4 years exemption (15th july 1977 (b) Annex I Section 7

COLREG 60

15th july 1981)

4years

Colour Specifications 4 years exemption (15th july 1977

15th

4years

july 1981) (c) imperial unit (feet/yard)

metric (SI) unit

round figure

(eg 100 feet (d) (i) Annex I Section 3 (a)

3.281 = 30.47 m) less than 150 m vessel

masthead light

NLT half length N.M.T 100m NMT ¼ of length PDV less than 150m

(ii) Annex I Section 3 (a) ii

150 m

vessel

masthead light

(15th july 1986) (e) Annex I Section 2 (b)

masthead light

9 years

(15th july 1986) (f) Annex I Section 2 (g) and 3 (b)

side light

9 years

(15th july 1986) (g) Annex III

sound signaling appliances

9 years

(15th july 1986) (h) Annex I Section 9 horizontal sector (b)

all round light light 6

All round light Rule 21 (e)

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

343

Annex I Positioning And Technical Details Of Lights And Shapes Section 1 Definition The term "height above the hull" means height above the uppermost continuous deck. This height shall be measured from the position vertically beneath the location of the light. H H Section 2 (a) 20m

power driven vessel

masthead light

(i) the forwards masthead light, or if only one masthead light than 6 meters

height above the hull of not less

. breadth of the vessel exceeds 6 meters height above the hull 12

meters

.

(ii) Two masthead lights

after masthead light

forwards masthead light

one

at least 4.5m

(b) PDV

. normal condition of trim .

MG PYAR GYI

after masthead light

vessel

stem(

) 100m

sea level

forwards masthead light

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

344

(c) The masthead light of a power-driven vessel of 12 meters but less than 20 meters in length shall be placed at a height above the gunwale of not less than 2.5 meters.

gunwale

12m (d) PDV less than 12m

. masthead light

NLT 2.5m

- 20m a height above the gunwale of not less than

2.5 meters At least 1m higher than side lights

(e)Engaged in towing or pushing another vessel same position masthead lights

power-driven vessel

.

lowest of after at least 4.5 meters vertically higher than the forwards masthead light

At least 4.5 m

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

345

(f) (i) Rule 23 (a)

lights

.

. . height above the hull

forward masthead light height above the hull

(eg: fwd masthead light 9m side light not greater than 6m) (h) a power-driven vessel of less than 20 metres in length

combined lantern sidelights

not less than 1 metre below the masthead light

sidelights NLT 1m below masthead light

(I) (i) A vessel of 20 metres in length or more a vessel of less than 20 metres in length

Not less than 2m apart

height of NLT 4 metres above the hull

20 m length or more

(ii) A vessel of less than 20 metres in length a vessel of less than 20 metres in length except where a towing light

Not less than 1 m apart

height above the hull NLT 2 metres

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

346

(iii) when three lights are carried they shall be equally spaced. (j) Engaged in fishing vessel

side light

vertical light

.

H

2H

(k) Anchor light

vessel

forward anchor light

after anchor light

4.5m

forward anchor light

NLT 4.5m Height NLT 5m

Section 3 Horizontal positioning and spacing of lights

(a)

NMT 100m

MG PYAR GYI

NMT ¼ of

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

347

(b) A power-driven vessel on 20 meters or more in length

forward masthead lights

side lights (c) Rule 27 (b) (i) or Rule 28

the forward masthead light(s) and the . vertical distance

horizontal distance

place

all round light

not less than 2 meters from the fore and aft centerline of the

not less than 2 meters from the fore and aft centerline

(d) Power driving vessel only one masthead light shall exhibit forward of amidship. Power driving vessel less 20 m in length only one masthead light shall exhibit as far forward

Power driving vessel only one masthead light

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

348

Section 5. Screens for sidelights Screens for sight light

matt black (

)

Section 6. Shapes (a) BALL

Diameter Not less than 0.6m

CONE

Diameter Not less than 0.6m

CYLINDER

Diameter Not less than 0.6m Height Twice its diameter

DIAMOND

Two cone base together

All Shape colour are Black

(b) Shape

vertical distance

At least 1.5m

shape MG PYAR GYI

reduce JUST REFERENCE ONLY

349 Section 12 Maneuvering light Maneuvering light and All round f

. 

minimum visible range 5miles

Maneuvering light

Only one masthead light vessel

place

not less than 2m vertically apart from masthead light.

၍ forward masthead light



Annex I Section 2

minimum height 2m vertically above

the forward masthead light ၍ after masthead light



not less than 2m vertically above or below

the after masthead light

not less than 2m vertically apart from masthead light

Only one masthead light vessel

NLT 2m vertically above or below the after masthead light minimum height 2m vertically above the forward masthead light

Annex II Additional Signals For Fishing Vessels Fishing In Close Proximity (1) General . distance apart at least 1 Nm

MG PYAR GYI

Rule 26 b(i)

at least 0.9m

all round visible distance

C (i)

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

350 (2) (a) A vessel Engage in Trawling 20 m or more in length whether using Demersal or Pelagic Gear shall exhibit (i) When Shooting their nets By Night Time BY Day Time

Two All round white light where they can best be seen Hoist International Code of Flag Z

W

W

(ii) When Hauling their nets By Night Time

Two All round lights in vertical line, the upper being WHITE and the lower RED where they can best be seen

By Day Time

Hoist International Code of Flag G w

R

(ii) When the net has come fast upon an obstruction By Night Time By Day Time

Two All round RED lights in vertical line, where they can best be seen Hoist International Code of Flag P R

R

(b) Each vessel 20 m or more in length Engage in Pair Trawling shall exhibit (i) By Night Time

A search light directed forward and in the direction of the other vessel of the pair

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

351 (ii) When shooting or hauling their nets have come fast upon an obstruction the light prescribed in 2(a) above (c) A vessel less than 20 m in length Engage in Trawling whether using Demersal or Pelagic Gear or Engage in Pair Trawling, may exhibit light prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section as appropriate (3)Signals for purse seiners (

)

A Vessel engaged in fishing other than trawling, fishing with purse seiners gear may exhibit 

Two YELLOW lights in vertical line



Flash alternately every second and with equal light and occultation duration



This light may be exhibit only when the vessel is hampered by its fishing gear

FL – Flashes (

)

ISO – Isophase (

)

OCC – Occultation (

R )

W Y

1 sec

Flash alternately every second

Y 1 sec

Annex III 1. Whistle (a) Frequencies and Range of audibility Fundamental frequency 70 – 700 Hz Vessel of 20 m more in length

180 – 700 Hz

(+/- 1%)

Less than 20 m in length

180 – 2100 Hz

(+/- 1%)

(b) Limits of fundamental frequencies For Vessel of 200 m more in length

70 – 200 Hz

For a vessel 75 m but Less than 200 m in length

130 – 350 Hz

For a vessel less than 75m length

250 – 700 Hz

MG PYAR GYI

JUST REFERENCE ONLY

352 (c) Sound signal intensity and range of audibility Length 200m or more 75 -

200m

20m – 75m 20m

Range 2Nm 1.5Nm 1Nm 0.5Nm

2 Bell or Gong (a) Intensity (b) Construction Diameter

Sound pressure level NLT 110 dB (

) at a distance of 1m

Corrosion resistance material and clear tone designed 20 m or more NLT 300 mm Less than 20m NLT 200 mm

Striker

MG PYAR GYI

mass is NLT 3% of Bell mass

JUST REFERENCE ONLY